Version archive
2 Step Standard – FundingPips
Version 2310/17/2026, 4:42:46 AM
2 Step Standard Model Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard. Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice for traders who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This two-tier evaluation ensures that reaching the Master level comes with the proven track record to stay there. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase 2 (5%). - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly 80%, or Monthly 100%. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **Overnight & Weekend Holding**: always allowed on Evals. Allowed on Master with Swing Add-on. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to MasterAccount ViolationsNews & Weekend HoldingRewardsCommission & Leverage Tests trading skills and builds a trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve an **8% profit target** during Phase 1. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. No minimum trading days when the 3% daily loss add-on is selected. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. 10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026 at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3). Confirms consistency and validates Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **5% profit target** during Phase 2. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. No minimum trading days when the 3% daily loss add-on is selected. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If an account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, it can restart quickly without changing the setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:** 12% OFF - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% OFF - **Master Account Reset:** 7% OFF - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split** - A non-USD account resets as a USD account. - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - The **reward cycle** can be selected once the evaluation account reaches the Master Account. - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on the dashboard once the account qualifies. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once both phases are passed, the opportunity to trade on a Master Account is offered. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of established rules. Committing a hard breach results in immediate account closure with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 10% Equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 3% or 5% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across all phases, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 10% of $100K = $10K. Equity or balance cannot drop to **$90K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit 3% or 5%** (based on the configuration you purchased) of the higher value between the opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both balance and equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Equity cannot fall by more than **Daily Loss Limit** of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 5% of $107K = $5,350. Equity cannot drop to **$101,650** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 5% of $100K = $5K. Equity cannot drop to **$95K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on the FundingPips dashboard. What counts as activity? The account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after the last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. ## News & Speeches Trading We use the **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard** as our official news source, which features the News and Speeches. Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific restrictions depending on account phase. Important Purposely trading news in both evaluation phase and master phase is prohibited and will lead to account closure. Evaluation Phase There are **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**. Trades can be held and managed during the news events. Master Account Soft Breach These rules do not result in account closure, but affected profits will be deducted. Trades can be held during news events on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to **trades opened** **or closed near high-impact news and speeches events**. * * * 1 The restricted window Restricted **News**; the window runs from **5 minutes before or 5 minutes** **after** **high-impact news** . Restricted **Speeches**; the window spans from **5 minutes before the high-impact speech begins until 5** **minutes after** it concludes. Profit Deduction Profits made from trades opened or closed within the restricted window around any high-impact news and speeches on the affected currency may be deducted. 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** restricted affects USD, trades cannot be opened or closed on any USD-related pairs within the 5-minute before or 5-minute after window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. **Trading Rule Clarification** - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news or speeches:** profits will count if closed within the restricted window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news or speeches:** profits will not count if closed during the restricted window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. ## Overnight & Weekend Holding **Evaluation** Overnight and weekend holding are allowed during **evaluation phases** for all instruments on 2 Step Standard. **Master** On the **Master Account**, holding trades overnight and over the weekend is **not allowed** on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts. All open trades will be automatically closed by the system unless you have the **Swing add-on**. Trades automatically closed by the system for overnight or weekend holding will not result in an account breach. However, weekday overnight trades will count as a valid trading day, while weekend holding will not count as a valid trading day. Auto-close window for Master Accounts Open positions on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts are closed by the system each day within a 15-minute window. Closing starts at the beginning of the window; any position still open at the end of the window will be closed. | Period | Starts | Auto-close window | | --- | --- | --- | | Summer time | First Sunday of March | 20:45 to 21:00 UTC | | Winter time | First Sunday of November | 21:45 to 22:00 UTC | Overnight and weekend holding on Master Accounts can be enabled at the time of purchase through an **Add-on**. **Impact of Weekday Overnight & Weekend Trades** **Weekday overnight trades:** Profits from weekday overnight trades will be added to the account balance and will count toward Minimum Trading Days, Minimum Profitable Days, and the Consistency Score. The trade will also be counted as a valid trading day. **Weekend trades:** Profits from weekend trades will still be added to the account balance, while the biggest winning day and biggest losing day will be included in the consistency score calculation but does not count as a valid trading day. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5, cTrader & Match-Trader This add-on is available on all three platforms. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycles Weekly 60% 7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly 80% Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ Monthly 100% Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ Weekly60% Split Request a Reward with a **60% split** seven days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How It Works - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following Wednesday - First trade on Thursday, then request the following Thursday - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday Bi-Weekly80% Split Request a Reward with an **80% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. Monthly100% Split Effective 15 August 2026 This applies to Evaluation Accounts purchased **on or after** **15 August 2026**. Request a Reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable days reset after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify for a reward, each with **0.5% or more** profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable days resets after each reward. - The **Striking System** warning trigger drops to **1% of account size**, at every account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set to Monthly. How does the Striking System work? The **Striking System** applies when the closed and floating loss on one trade idea reaches **1% of the Master Account size**. All losses from a single trade idea are counted together. A **trade idea** can be any of the following: - One trade - Multiple trades running together on the same instrument and in the same direction - Two or more new trades opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between Reward cycles. | Warning | What happens | | --- | --- | | **1st** | A warning is recorded | | **2nd** | The reward split drops by<br> half | | **3rd** | The reward split drops to<br> 20%. | | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. | Profit Deduction Any profit from trade ideas that received a warning is deducted from the account. Commission & Leverage: Execution Parameters Mechanics of the Master Account, including purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap Free accounts | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap Free accounts | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | Once Phase 2 is passed and the account moves to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust Commission & Leverage as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to the entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning only a small fraction of the trade's full value is needed as margin. As the position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. The margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not the entire position. So, the lower tiers always benefit the trade, no matter how large it becomes. ## Instruments 41 instruments across 5 asset classes Forex, Metals, Indices, Energies, and Crypto EURUSDGBPUSDUSDJPYUSDCHFUSDCADAUDUSDNZDUSDAUDCADAUDCHFAUDJPYAUDNZDCADCHFCADJPYCHFJPYEURAUDEURCADEURCHFEURGBPEURJPYEURNZDGBPAUDGBPCADGBPCHFGBPJPYGBPNZDNZDCADNZDCHFNZDJPYXAUUSDXAGUSDDJI30FTSE100GER40JP225NDX100SPX500STX50UKOILUSOILBTCUSDETHUSD FX Majors · 7FX Crosses · 21Metals · 2Indices & Energies · 9Crypto · 2 View full instrument list by category | Category | Instruments | | --- | --- | | FX Majors7 | EURUSD, GBPUSD, USDJPY, USDCHF, USDCAD, AUDUSD, NZDUSD | | FX Crosses21 | AUDCAD, AUDCHF, AUDJPY, AUDNZD, CADCHF,<br> CADJPY, CHFJPY, EURAUD, EURCAD, EURCHF,<br> EURGBP, EURJPY, EURNZD, GBPAUD, GBPCAD,<br> GBPCHF, GBPJPY, GBPNZD, NZDCAD, NZDCHF,<br> NZDJPY | | Metals2 · spot | XAUUSD Gold (1 lot = 100 oz), XAGUSD<br> Silver (1 lot = 5,000 oz) | | Indices7 · cash | DJI30 (US Wall Street 30), FTSE100 (UK<br> 100), GER40 (Germany 40), JP225 (Japan<br> 225), NDX100 (US Tech 100), SPX500 (US<br> SPX 500), STX50 (EU Stocks 50) | | Energies2 · spot | UKOIL (Crude Oil Brent), USOIL (Crude Oil WTI) | | Crypto2 | BTCUSD (Bitcoin vs USD), ETHUSD (Ethereum vs USD) | Instrument specifics such as market hours, contract size, and swap rates are available in the trading platform. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. Any pace works, as long as at least one trade is completed every 30 days to avoid inactivity and all trading rules are followed throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once all Phase 1 objectives are finished, the Phase 2 account will be ready! The new login details appear on the dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, the profit target must be reached with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached? Yes. If a Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due to trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with a 12% discount on Phase 1 and 10% discount on Phase 2 and 7% on a Master will appear on the dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account is breached due to inactivity. The applicable discount depends on the phase, and the account will restart from Phase 1 after the reset. Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment the account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. When does the 30-day inactivity clock start? If no trades have been placed yet, the clock starts from the day the account was created. If trading has occurred before, it starts the day after the last trade was fully closed. At least one trade must be completed within any 30-day window to keep the account active. I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity? No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day window runs out. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? The account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode, allowing full visibility but no further trading. The dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when. An email notification is also sent immediately. News & Weekend Holding Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Rewards My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward. How do I fix this? For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies only on the **Monthly** reward cycle. It checks that no single day made up too large a share of total profits. If the best day accounted for more than 35% of everything earned, reward requests are blocked until the score comes back down. Continue trading and keep each day's profit below the best day so far. As total profit grows, the percentage that one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring the score back within range. Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not subject to the 35% rule. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once the reward cycle is complete, it stays available until requested. The request can be submitted on any working day, as long as all requirements are met and the account is in good standing. The cycle only resets after a reward is successfully processed. Commission & Leverage How many lots can I open at once on crypto? A max of 1 lot per click can be opened on crypto, as long as the account has enough available margin. A separate platform-wide limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments, but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto trades specifically. ## Related articles - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414) - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kH--8274e73943326023730ddb53a021bcc93e51ee3f) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQg%3D--7a3da69bf289f70ab2f4020820bd547754d3938b) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d) - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.SHA-256 4367f02a6bb69ca9e4a9d54578792a343c900309aecbbc764f25e391aade12ad
Version 2210/9/2026, 4:23:08 AM
2 Step Standard Model Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard. Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice for traders who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This two-tier evaluation ensures that reaching the Master level comes with the proven track record to stay there. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase 2 (5%). - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly 80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **Overnight & Weekend Holding**: always allowed on Evals. Allowed on Master with Swing Add-on. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to MasterAccount ViolationsNews & Weekend HoldingRewardsCommission & Leverage Tests trading skills and builds a trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve an **8% profit target** during Phase 1. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. No minimum trading days when the 3% daily loss add-on is selected. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. 10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026 at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3). Confirms consistency and validates Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **5% profit target** during Phase 2. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. No minimum trading days when the 3% daily loss add-on is selected. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If an account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, it can restart quickly without changing the setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:** 12% OFF - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% OFF - **Master Account Reset:** 7% OFF - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split** - A non-USD account resets as a USD account. - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - The **reward cycle** can be selected once the evaluation account reaches the Master Account. - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on the dashboard once the account qualifies. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once both phases are passed, the opportunity to trade on a Master Account is offered. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of established rules. Committing a hard breach results in immediate account closure with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 10% Equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 3% or 5% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across all phases, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 10% of $100K = $10K. Equity or balance cannot drop to **$90K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit 3% or 5%** (based on the configuration you purchased) of the higher value between the opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both balance and equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Equity cannot fall by more than **Daily Loss Limit** of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 5% of $107K = $5,350. Equity cannot drop to **$101,650** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 5% of $100K = $5K. Equity cannot drop to **$95K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on the FundingPips dashboard. What counts as activity? The account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after the last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. ## News & Speeches Trading We use the **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard** as our official news source, which features the News and Speeches. Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific restrictions depending on account phase. Important Purposely trading news in both evaluation phase and master phase is prohibited and will lead to account closure. Evaluation Phase There are **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**. Trades can be held and managed during the news events. Master Account Soft Breach These rules do not result in account closure, but affected profits will be deducted. Trades can be held during news events on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to **trades opened** **or closed near high-impact news and speeches events**. * * * 1 The restricted window Restricted **News**; the window runs from **5 minutes before or 5 minutes** **after** **high-impact news** . Restricted **Speeches**; the window spans from **5 minutes before the high-impact speech begins until 5** **minutes after** it concludes. Profit Deduction Profits made from trades opened or closed within the restricted window around any high-impact news and speeches on the affected currency may be deducted. 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** restricted affects USD, trades cannot be opened or closed on any USD-related pairs within the 5-minute before or 5-minute after window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. **Trading Rule Clarification** - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news or speeches:** profits will count if closed within the restricted window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news or speeches:** profits will not count if closed during the restricted window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. ## Overnight & Weekend Holding **Evaluation** Overnight and weekend holding are allowed during **evaluation phases** for all instruments on 2 Step Standard. **Master** On the **Master Account**, holding trades overnight and over the weekend is **not allowed** on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts. All open trades will be automatically closed by the system unless you have the **Swing add-on**. Trades automatically closed by the system for overnight or weekend holding will not result in an account breach. However, weekday overnight trades will count as a valid trading day, while weekend holding will not count as a valid trading day. Auto-close window for Master Accounts Open positions on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts are closed by the system each day within a 15-minute window. Closing starts at the beginning of the window; any position still open at the end of the window will be closed. | Period | Starts | Auto-close window | | --- | --- | --- | | Summer time | First Sunday of March | 20:45 to 21:00 UTC | | Winter time | First Sunday of November | 21:45 to 22:00 UTC | Overnight and weekend holding on Master Accounts can be enabled at the time of purchase through an **Add-on**. **Impact of Weekday Overnight & Weekend Trades** **Weekday overnight trades:** Profits from weekday overnight trades will be added to the account balance and will count toward Minimum Trading Days, Minimum Profitable Days, and the Consistency Score. The trade will also be counted as a valid trading day. **Weekend trades:** Profits from weekend trades will still be added to the account balance, while the biggest winning day and biggest losing day will be included in the consistency score calculation but does not count as a valid trading day. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5, cTrader & Match-Trader This add-on is available on all three platforms. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycles On Demand 90% Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2% profit. How does this work? ↓ Weekly 60% 7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly 80% Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ Monthly 100% Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ On Demand90% Split Request an On Demand Reward with a **90% split** at any time once both of the following criteria are met: - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is **2% of the Master Account Size**. Weekly60% Split Request a Reward with a **60% split** seven days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How It Works - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following Wednesday - First trade on Thursday, then request the following Thursday - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday Bi-Weekly80% Split Request a Reward with an **80% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. Monthly100% Split Effective 15 August 2026 This applies to Evaluation Accounts purchased **on or after** **15 August 2026**. Request a Reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable days reset after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify for a reward, each with **0.5% or more** profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable days resets after each reward. - The **Striking System** warning trigger drops to **1% of account size**, at every account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set to Monthly. How does the Striking System work? The **Striking System** applies when the closed and floating loss on one trade idea reaches **1% of the Master Account size**. All losses from a single trade idea are counted together. A **trade idea** can be any of the following: - One trade - Multiple trades running together on the same instrument and in the same direction - Two or more new trades opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between Reward cycles. | Warning | What happens | | --- | --- | | **1st** | A warning is recorded | | **2nd** | The reward split drops by<br> half | | **3rd** | The reward split drops to<br> 20%. | | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. | Profit Deduction Any profit from trade ideas that received a warning is deducted from the account. Commission & Leverage: Execution Parameters Mechanics of the Master Account, including purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap Free accounts | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap Free accounts | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | Once Phase 2 is passed and the account moves to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust Commission & Leverage as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to the entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning only a small fraction of the trade's full value is needed as margin. As the position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. The margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not the entire position. So, the lower tiers always benefit the trade, no matter how large it becomes. ## Instruments 41 instruments across 5 asset classes Forex, Metals, Indices, Energies, and Crypto EURUSDGBPUSDUSDJPYUSDCHFUSDCADAUDUSDNZDUSDAUDCADAUDCHFAUDJPYAUDNZDCADCHFCADJPYCHFJPYEURAUDEURCADEURCHFEURGBPEURJPYEURNZDGBPAUDGBPCADGBPCHFGBPJPYGBPNZDNZDCADNZDCHFNZDJPYXAUUSDXAGUSDDJI30FTSE100GER40JP225NDX100SPX500STX50UKOILUSOILBTCUSDETHUSD FX Majors · 7FX Crosses · 21Metals · 2Indices & Energies · 9Crypto · 2 View full instrument list by category | Category | Instruments | | --- | --- | | FX Majors7 | EURUSD, GBPUSD, USDJPY, USDCHF, USDCAD, AUDUSD, NZDUSD | | FX Crosses21 | AUDCAD, AUDCHF, AUDJPY, AUDNZD, CADCHF,<br> CADJPY, CHFJPY, EURAUD, EURCAD, EURCHF,<br> EURGBP, EURJPY, EURNZD, GBPAUD, GBPCAD,<br> GBPCHF, GBPJPY, GBPNZD, NZDCAD, NZDCHF,<br> NZDJPY | | Metals2 · spot | XAUUSD Gold (1 lot = 100 oz), XAGUSD<br> Silver (1 lot = 5,000 oz) | | Indices7 · cash | DJI30 (US Wall Street 30), FTSE100 (UK<br> 100), GER40 (Germany 40), JP225 (Japan<br> 225), NDX100 (US Tech 100), SPX500 (US<br> SPX 500), STX50 (EU Stocks 50) | | Energies2 · spot | UKOIL (Crude Oil Brent), USOIL (Crude Oil WTI) | | Crypto2 | BTCUSD (Bitcoin vs USD), ETHUSD (Ethereum vs USD) | Instrument specifics such as market hours, contract size, and swap rates are available in the trading platform. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. Any pace works, as long as at least one trade is completed every 30 days to avoid inactivity and all trading rules are followed throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once all Phase 1 objectives are finished, the Phase 2 account will be ready! The new login details appear on the dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, the profit target must be reached with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached? Yes. If a Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due to trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with a 12% discount on Phase 1 and 10% discount on Phase 2 and 7% on a Master will appear on the dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account is breached due to inactivity. The applicable discount depends on the phase, and the account will restart from Phase 1 after the reset. Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment the account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. When does the 30-day inactivity clock start? If no trades have been placed yet, the clock starts from the day the account was created. If trading has occurred before, it starts the day after the last trade was fully closed. At least one trade must be completed within any 30-day window to keep the account active. I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity? No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day window runs out. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? The account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode, allowing full visibility but no further trading. The dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when. An email notification is also sent immediately. News & Weekend Holding Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Rewards My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward. How do I fix this? For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies only on the **On Demand** and **Monthly** reward cycles. It checks that no single day made up too large a share of total profits. If the best day accounted for more than 35% of everything earned, reward requests are blocked until the score comes back down. Continue trading and keep each day's profit below the best day so far. As total profit grows, the percentage that one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring the score back within range. Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not subject to the 35% rule. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once the reward cycle is complete, it stays available until requested. The request can be submitted on any working day, as long as all requirements are met and the account is in good standing. The cycle only resets after a reward is successfully processed. Commission & Leverage How many lots can I open at once on crypto? A max of 1 lot per click can be opened on crypto, as long as the account has enough available margin. A separate platform-wide limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments, but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto trades specifically. ## Related articles - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414) - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kH--8274e73943326023730ddb53a021bcc93e51ee3f) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQg%3D--7a3da69bf289f70ab2f4020820bd547754d3938b) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d) - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.SHA-256 4efedd12cadff362ec73d7baa3523b1a39affcaac1fc4a5a8aaea3b5be95e26b
Version 2110/8/2026, 4:22:27 AM
2 Step Standard Model Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard. Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice for traders who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This two-tier evaluation ensures that reaching the Master level comes with the proven track record to stay there. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase 2 (5%). - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly 80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **Overnight & Weekend Holding**: always allowed on Evals. Allowed on Master with Swing Add-on. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to MasterAccount ViolationsNews & Weekend HoldingRewardsCommission & Leverage Tests trading skills and builds a trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve an **8% profit target** during Phase 1. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. No minimum trading days when the 3% daily loss add-on is selected. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. 10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026 at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3). Confirms consistency and validates Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **5% profit target** during Phase 2. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. No minimum trading days when the 3% daily loss add-on is selected. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If an account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, it can restart quickly without changing the setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:** 12% OFF - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% OFF - **Master Account Reset:** 7% OFF - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split** - A non-USD account resets as a USD account. - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - The **reward cycle** can be selected once the evaluation account reaches the Master Account. - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on the dashboard once the account qualifies. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once both phases are passed, the opportunity to trade on a Master Account is offered. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of established rules. Committing a hard breach results in immediate account closure with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 10% Equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 3% or 5% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across all phases, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 10% of $100K = $10K. Equity or balance cannot drop to **$90K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit 3% or 5%** (based on the configuration you purchased) of the higher value between the opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both balance and equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Equity cannot fall by more than **Daily Loss Limit** of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 5% of $107K = $5,350. Equity cannot drop to **$101,650** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 5% of $100K = $5K. Equity cannot drop to **$95K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on the FundingPips dashboard. What counts as activity? The account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after the last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. ## News & Speeches Trading We use the **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard** as our official news source, which features the News and Speeches. Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific restrictions depending on account phase. Important Purposely trading news in both evaluation phase and master phase is prohibited and will lead to account closure. Evaluation Phase There are **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**. Trades can be held and managed during the news events. Master Account Soft Breach These rules do not result in account closure, but affected profits will be deducted. Trades can be held during news events on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to **trades opened** **or closed near high-impact news and speeches events**. * * * 1 The restricted window Restricted **News**; the window runs from **5 minutes before or 5 minutes** **after** **high-impact news** . Restricted **Speeches**; the window spans from **10 minutes before the high-impact speech begins until 10** **minutes after** it concludes. Profit Deduction Profits made from trades opened or closed within the restricted window around any high-impact news and speeches on the affected currency may be deducted. 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** restricted affects USD, trades cannot be opened or closed on any USD-related pairs within the 5-minute before or 5-minute after window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. Trading Rule Clarification - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news or speeches:** profits will count if closed within the restricted window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news or speeches:** profits will not count if closed during the restricted window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. ## Overnight & Weekend Holding **Evaluation** Overnight & Weekend holding are allowed during evaluation phases for all instruments on 2 Step Standard. **Master** On the Master Account, holding trades overnight and over the weekend is **not allowed** on 2 Step Pro Master Accounts. All open trades will be automatically closed by the system unless you have the **Swing add-on**. Trades closed by the system for Overnight & Weekend holding will not result in an account breach; however, it will not count as a valid trading day. **Auto-close window for Master Accounts** Open positions on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts are closed by the system each day within a 15-minute window: • Summer time (from the first Sunday of March): 20:45 – 21:00 UTC • Winter time (from the first Sunday of November): 21:45 – 22:00 UTC Closing starts at the beginning of the window, and any position still open at the end of it will be closed. Overnight and weekend holding on Master Accounts can be enabled at the time of purchase through an **Add-on**. **Impact of Weekend trades on consistency score** Profits from these trades will still be added to the account balance while the biggest winning day and biggest losing day will be included in the consistency score calculation. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5, cTrader & Match-Trader This add-on is available on all three platforms. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycles On Demand 90% Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2% profit. How does this work? ↓ Weekly 60% 7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly 80% Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ Monthly 100% Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ On Demand90% Split Request an On Demand Reward with a **90% split** at any time once both of the following criteria are met: - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is **2% of the Master Account Size**. Weekly60% Split Request a Reward with a **60% split** seven days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How It Works - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following Wednesday - First trade on Thursday, then request the following Thursday - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday Bi-Weekly80% Split Request a Reward with an **80% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. Monthly100% Split Effective 15 August 2026 This applies to Evaluation Accounts purchased **on or after** **15 August 2026**. Request a Reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable days reset after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify for a reward, each with **0.5% or more** profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable days resets after each reward. - The **Striking System** warning trigger drops to **1% of account size**, at every account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set to Monthly. How does the Striking System work? The **Striking System** applies when the closed and floating loss on one trade idea reaches **1% of the Master Account size**. All losses from a single trade idea are counted together. A **trade idea** can be any of the following: - One trade - Multiple trades running together on the same instrument and in the same direction - Two or more new trades opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between Reward cycles. | Warning | What happens | | --- | --- | | **1st** | A warning is recorded | | **2nd** | The reward split drops by<br> half | | **3rd** | The reward split drops to<br> 20%. | | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. | Profit Deduction Any profit from trade ideas that received a warning is deducted from the account. Commission & Leverage: Execution Parameters Mechanics of the Master Account, including purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap Free accounts | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap Free accounts | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | Once Phase 2 is passed and the account moves to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust Commission & Leverage as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to the entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning only a small fraction of the trade's full value is needed as margin. As the position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. The margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not the entire position. So, the lower tiers always benefit the trade, no matter how large it becomes. ## Instruments 41 instruments across 5 asset classes Forex, Metals, Indices, Energies, and Crypto EURUSDGBPUSDUSDJPYUSDCHFUSDCADAUDUSDNZDUSDAUDCADAUDCHFAUDJPYAUDNZDCADCHFCADJPYCHFJPYEURAUDEURCADEURCHFEURGBPEURJPYEURNZDGBPAUDGBPCADGBPCHFGBPJPYGBPNZDNZDCADNZDCHFNZDJPYXAUUSDXAGUSDDJI30FTSE100GER40JP225NDX100SPX500STX50UKOILUSOILBTCUSDETHUSD FX Majors · 7FX Crosses · 21Metals · 2Indices & Energies · 9Crypto · 2 View full instrument list by category | Category | Instruments | | --- | --- | | FX Majors7 | EURUSD, GBPUSD, USDJPY, USDCHF, USDCAD, AUDUSD, NZDUSD | | FX Crosses21 | AUDCAD, AUDCHF, AUDJPY, AUDNZD, CADCHF,<br> CADJPY, CHFJPY, EURAUD, EURCAD, EURCHF,<br> EURGBP, EURJPY, EURNZD, GBPAUD, GBPCAD,<br> GBPCHF, GBPJPY, GBPNZD, NZDCAD, NZDCHF,<br> NZDJPY | | Metals2 · spot | XAUUSD Gold (1 lot = 100 oz), XAGUSD<br> Silver (1 lot = 5,000 oz) | | Indices7 · cash | DJI30 (US Wall Street 30), FTSE100 (UK<br> 100), GER40 (Germany 40), JP225 (Japan<br> 225), NDX100 (US Tech 100), SPX500 (US<br> SPX 500), STX50 (EU Stocks 50) | | Energies2 · spot | UKOIL (Crude Oil Brent), USOIL (Crude Oil WTI) | | Crypto2 | BTCUSD (Bitcoin vs USD), ETHUSD (Ethereum vs USD) | Instrument specifics such as market hours, contract size, and swap rates are available in the trading platform. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. Any pace works, as long as at least one trade is completed every 30 days to avoid inactivity and all trading rules are followed throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once all Phase 1 objectives are finished, the Phase 2 account will be ready! The new login details appear on the dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, the profit target must be reached with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached? Yes. If a Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due to trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with a 12% discount on Phase 1 and 10% discount on Phase 2 and 7% on a Master will appear on the dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account is breached due to inactivity. The applicable discount depends on the phase, and the account will restart from Phase 1 after the reset. Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment the account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. When does the 30-day inactivity clock start? If no trades have been placed yet, the clock starts from the day the account was created. If trading has occurred before, it starts the day after the last trade was fully closed. At least one trade must be completed within any 30-day window to keep the account active. I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity? No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day window runs out. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? The account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode, allowing full visibility but no further trading. The dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when. An email notification is also sent immediately. News & Weekend Holding Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Rewards My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward. How do I fix this? For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies only on the **On Demand** and **Monthly** reward cycles. It checks that no single day made up too large a share of total profits. If the best day accounted for more than 35% of everything earned, reward requests are blocked until the score comes back down. Continue trading and keep each day's profit below the best day so far. As total profit grows, the percentage that one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring the score back within range. Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not subject to the 35% rule. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once the reward cycle is complete, it stays available until requested. The request can be submitted on any working day, as long as all requirements are met and the account is in good standing. The cycle only resets after a reward is successfully processed. Commission & Leverage How many lots can I open at once on crypto? A max of 1 lot per click can be opened on crypto, as long as the account has enough available margin. A separate platform-wide limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments, but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto trades specifically. ## Related articles - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414) - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kH--8274e73943326023730ddb53a021bcc93e51ee3f) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQg%3D--7a3da69bf289f70ab2f4020820bd547754d3938b) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d) - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.SHA-256 74ded4e36ff10066cd0803e418ccf11267f3013bf149b38a44745117d0d23404
Version 2010/6/2026, 4:22:28 AM
2 Step Standard Model Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard. Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice for traders who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This two-tier evaluation ensures that reaching the Master level comes with the proven track record to stay there. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase 2 (5%). - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly 80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **Overnight & Weekend Holding**: always allowed on Evals. Allowed on Master with Swing Add-on. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to MasterAccount ViolationsNews & Weekend HoldingRewardsCommission & Leverage Tests trading skills and builds a trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve an **8% profit target** during Phase 1. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. No minimum trading days when the 3% daily loss add-on is selected. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. 10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026 at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3). Confirms consistency and validates Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **5% profit target** during Phase 2. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. No minimum trading days when the 3% daily loss add-on is selected. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If an account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, it can restart quickly without changing the setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:** differs by account sizes - $50K and below: **20% off** - For $100K: **15% off** - **Phase 2 Reset:** 12% off the purchase price - **Master Account Reset:** 8% off the purchase price - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split** - A non-USD account resets as a USD account. - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - The **reward cycle** can be selected once the evaluation account reaches the Master Account. - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on the dashboard once the account qualifies. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once both phases are passed, the opportunity to trade on a Master Account is offered. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of established rules. Committing a hard breach results in immediate account closure with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 10% Equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 3% or 5% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across all phases, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 10% of $100K = $10K. Equity or balance cannot drop to **$90K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit 3% or 5%** (based on the configuration you purchased) of the higher value between the opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both balance and equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Equity cannot fall by more than **Daily Loss Limit** of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 5% of $107K = $5,350. Equity cannot drop to **$101,650** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 5% of $100K = $5K. Equity cannot drop to **$95K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on the FundingPips dashboard. What counts as activity? The account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after the last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. ## News & Speeches Trading We use the **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard** as our official news source, which features the News and Speeches. Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific restrictions depending on account phase. Important Purposely trading news in both evaluation phase and master phase is prohibited and will lead to account closure. Evaluation Phase There are **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**. Trades can be held and managed during the news events. Master Account Soft Breach These rules do not result in account closure, but affected profits will be deducted. Trades can be held during news events on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to **trades opened** **or closed near high-impact news and speeches events**. * * * 1 The restricted window Restricted **News**; the window runs from **5 minutes before or 5 minutes** **after** **high-impact news** . Restricted **Speeches**; the window spans from **10 minutes before the high-impact speech begins until 10** **minutes after** it concludes. Profit Deduction Profits made from trades opened or closed within the restricted window around any high-impact news and speeches on the affected currency may be deducted. 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** restricted affects USD, trades cannot be opened or closed on any USD-related pairs within the 5-minute before or 5-minute after window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. Trading Rule Clarification - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news or speeches:** profits will count if closed within the restricted window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news or speeches:** profits will not count if closed during the restricted window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. ## Overnight & Weekend Holding **Evaluation** Overnight & Weekend holding are allowed during evaluation phases for all instruments on 2 Step Standard. **Master** On the Master Account, holding trades overnight and over the weekend is **not allowed** on 2 Step Pro Master Accounts. All open trades will be automatically closed by the system unless you have the **Swing add-on**. Trades closed by the system for Overnight & Weekend holding will not result in an account breach; however, it will not count as a valid trading day. **Auto-close window for Master Accounts** Open positions on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts are closed by the system each day within a 15-minute window: • Summer time (from the first Sunday of March): 20:45 – 21:00 UTC • Winter time (from the first Sunday of November): 21:45 – 22:00 UTC Closing starts at the beginning of the window, and any position still open at the end of it will be closed. Overnight and weekend holding on Master Accounts can be enabled at the time of purchase through an **Add-on**. **Impact of Weekend trades on consistency score** Profits from these trades will still be added to the account balance while the biggest winning day and biggest losing day will be included in the consistency score calculation. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5, cTrader & Match-Trader This add-on is available on all three platforms. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycles On Demand 90% Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2% profit. How does this work? ↓ Weekly 60% 7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly 80% Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ Monthly 100% Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ On Demand90% Split Request an On Demand Reward with a **90% split** at any time once both of the following criteria are met: - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is **2% of the Master Account Size**. Weekly60% Split Request a Reward with a **60% split** seven days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How It Works - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following Wednesday - First trade on Thursday, then request the following Thursday - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday Bi-Weekly80% Split Request a Reward with an **80% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. Monthly100% Split Effective 15 August 2026 This applies to Evaluation Accounts purchased **on or after** **15 August 2026**. Request a Reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable days reset after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify for a reward, each with **0.5% or more** profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable days resets after each reward. - The **Striking System** warning trigger drops to **1% of account size**, at every account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set to Monthly. How does the Striking System work? The **Striking System** applies when the closed and floating loss on one trade idea reaches **1% of the Master Account size**. All losses from a single trade idea are counted together. A **trade idea** can be any of the following: - One trade - Multiple trades running together on the same instrument and in the same direction - Two or more new trades opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between Reward cycles. | Warning | What happens | | --- | --- | | **1st** | A warning is recorded | | **2nd** | The reward split drops by<br> half | | **3rd** | The reward split drops to<br> 20%. | | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. | Profit Deduction Any profit from trade ideas that received a warning is deducted from the account. Commission & Leverage: Execution Parameters Mechanics of the Master Account, including purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap Free accounts | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap Free accounts | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | Once Phase 2 is passed and the account moves to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust Commission & Leverage as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to the entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning only a small fraction of the trade's full value is needed as margin. As the position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. The margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not the entire position. So, the lower tiers always benefit the trade, no matter how large it becomes. ## Instruments 41 instruments across 5 asset classes Forex, Metals, Indices, Energies, and Crypto EURUSDGBPUSDUSDJPYUSDCHFUSDCADAUDUSDNZDUSDAUDCADAUDCHFAUDJPYAUDNZDCADCHFCADJPYCHFJPYEURAUDEURCADEURCHFEURGBPEURJPYEURNZDGBPAUDGBPCADGBPCHFGBPJPYGBPNZDNZDCADNZDCHFNZDJPYXAUUSDXAGUSDDJI30FTSE100GER40JP225NDX100SPX500STX50UKOILUSOILBTCUSDETHUSD FX Majors · 7FX Crosses · 21Metals · 2Indices & Energies · 9Crypto · 2 View full instrument list by category | Category | Instruments | | --- | --- | | FX Majors7 | EURUSD, GBPUSD, USDJPY, USDCHF, USDCAD, AUDUSD, NZDUSD | | FX Crosses21 | AUDCAD, AUDCHF, AUDJPY, AUDNZD, CADCHF,<br> CADJPY, CHFJPY, EURAUD, EURCAD, EURCHF,<br> EURGBP, EURJPY, EURNZD, GBPAUD, GBPCAD,<br> GBPCHF, GBPJPY, GBPNZD, NZDCAD, NZDCHF,<br> NZDJPY | | Metals2 · spot | XAUUSD Gold (1 lot = 100 oz), XAGUSD<br> Silver (1 lot = 5,000 oz) | | Indices7 · cash | DJI30 (US Wall Street 30), FTSE100 (UK<br> 100), GER40 (Germany 40), JP225 (Japan<br> 225), NDX100 (US Tech 100), SPX500 (US<br> SPX 500), STX50 (EU Stocks 50) | | Energies2 · spot | UKOIL (Crude Oil Brent), USOIL (Crude Oil WTI) | | Crypto2 | BTCUSD (Bitcoin vs USD), ETHUSD (Ethereum vs USD) | Instrument specifics such as market hours, contract size, and swap rates are available in the trading platform. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. Any pace works, as long as at least one trade is completed every 30 days to avoid inactivity and all trading rules are followed throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once all Phase 1 objectives are finished, the Phase 2 account will be ready! The new login details appear on the dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, the profit target must be reached with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached? Yes. If a Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due to trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with a 8% discount on Phase 1 and 8% discount on Phase 2 will appear on the dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account is breached due to trading rule or risk violations or Inactivity Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment the account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. When does the 30-day inactivity clock start? If no trades have been placed yet, the clock starts from the day the account was created. If trading has occurred before, it starts the day after the last trade was fully closed. At least one trade must be completed within any 30-day window to keep the account active. I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity? No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day window runs out. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? The account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode, allowing full visibility but no further trading. The dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when. An email notification is also sent immediately. News & Weekend Holding Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Rewards My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward. How do I fix this? For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies only on the **On Demand** and **Monthly** reward cycles. It checks that no single day made up too large a share of total profits. If the best day accounted for more than 35% of everything earned, reward requests are blocked until the score comes back down. Continue trading and keep each day's profit below the best day so far. As total profit grows, the percentage that one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring the score back within range. Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not subject to the 35% rule. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once the reward cycle is complete, it stays available until requested. The request can be submitted on any working day, as long as all requirements are met and the account is in good standing. The cycle only resets after a reward is successfully processed. Commission & Leverage How many lots can I open at once on crypto? A max of 1 lot per click can be opened on crypto, as long as the account has enough available margin. A separate platform-wide limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments, but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto trades specifically. ## Related articles - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414) - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kH--8274e73943326023730ddb53a021bcc93e51ee3f) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQg%3D--7a3da69bf289f70ab2f4020820bd547754d3938b) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d) - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.SHA-256 17a2eee07a183603c40216ec2853f886be9280d2b1fdfb08de1d37ed4b9ae9c7
Version 1910/2/2026, 4:31:12 AM
2 Step Standard Model Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard. Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice for traders who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This two-tier evaluation ensures that reaching the Master level comes with the proven track record to stay there. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase 2 (5%). - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly 80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **Overnight & Weekend Holding**: always allowed on Evals. Allowed on Master with Swing Add-on. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to MasterAccount ViolationsNews & Weekend HoldingRewardsCommission & Leverage Tests trading skills and builds a trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve an **8% profit target** during Phase 1. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. No minimum trading days when the 3% daily loss add-on is selected. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. 10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026 at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3). Confirms consistency and validates Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **5% profit target** during Phase 2. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. No minimum trading days when the 3% daily loss add-on is selected. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If an account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, it can restart quickly without changing the setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:** differs by account sizes - $50K and below: **20% off** - For $100K: **15% off** - **Phase 2 Reset:** 12% off the purchase price - **Master Account Reset:** 8% off the purchase price - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split** - A non-USD account resets as a USD account. - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - The **reward cycle** can be selected once the evaluation account reaches the Master Account. - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on the dashboard once the account qualifies. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once both phases are passed, the opportunity to trade on a Master Account is offered. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of established rules. Committing a hard breach results in immediate account closure with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 10% Equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 3% or 5% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across all phases, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 10% of $100K = $10K. Equity or balance cannot drop to **$90K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit 3% or 5%** (based on the configuration you purchased) of the higher value between the opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both balance and equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Equity cannot fall by more than **Daily Loss Limit** of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 5% of $107K = $5,350. Equity cannot drop to **$101,650** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 5% of $100K = $5K. Equity cannot drop to **$95K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on the FundingPips dashboard. What counts as activity? The account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after the last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. ## News & Speeches Trading We use the **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard** as our official news source, which features the News and Speeches. Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific restrictions depending on account phase. Important Purposely trading news in both evaluation phase and master phase is prohibited and will lead to account closure. Evaluation Phase There are **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**. Trades can be held and managed during the news events. Master Account Soft Breach These rules do not result in account closure, but affected profits will be deducted. Trades can be held during news events on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to **trades opened** **or closed near high-impact news and speeches events**. * * * 1 The restricted window Restricted **News**; the window runs from **5 minutes before or 5 minutes** **after** **high-impact news** . Restricted **Speeches**; the window spans from **10 minutes before the high-impact speech begins until 10** **minutes after** it concludes. Profit Deduction Profits made from trades opened or closed within the restricted window around any high-impact news and speeches on the affected currency may be deducted. 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** restricted affects USD, trades cannot be opened or closed on any USD-related pairs within the 5-minute before or 5-minute after window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. Trading Rule Clarification - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news or speeches:** profits will count if closed within the restricted window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news or speeches:** profits will not count if closed during the restricted window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. ## Overnight & Weekend Holding **Evaluation** Overnight & Weekend holding are allowed during evaluation phases for all instruments on 2 Step Standard. **Master** On the Master Account, holding trades overnight and over the weekend is **not allowed** on 2 Step Pro Master Accounts. All open trades will be automatically closed by the system unless you have the **Swing add-on**. Trades closed by the system for Overnight & Weekend holding will not result in an account breach; however, it will not count as a valid trading day. **Auto-close window for Master Accounts** Open positions on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts are closed by the system each day within a 15-minute window: • Summer time (from the first Sunday of March): 20:45 – 21:00 UTC • Winter time (from the first Sunday of November): 21:45 – 22:00 UTC Closing starts at the beginning of the window, and any position still open at the end of it will be closed. Overnight and weekend holding on Master Accounts can be enabled at the time of purchase through an **Add-on**. **Impact of Weekend trades on consistency score** Profits from these trades will still be added to the account balance while the biggest winning day and biggest losing day will be included in the consistency score calculation. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5, cTrader & Match-Trader This add-on is available on all three platforms. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycles On Demand 90% Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2% profit. How does this work? ↓ Weekly 60% 7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly 80% Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ Monthly 100% Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ On Demand90% Split Request an On Demand Reward with a **90% split** at any time once both of the following criteria are met: - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is **2% of the Master Account Size**. Weekly60% Split Request a Reward with a **60% split** seven days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How It Works - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following Wednesday - First trade on Thursday, then request the following Thursday - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday Bi-Weekly80% Split Request a Reward with an **80% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. Monthly100% Split Effective 15 August 2026 This applies to Evaluation Accounts purchased **on or after** **15 August 2026**. Request a Reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable days reset after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify for a reward, each with **0.5% or more** profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable days resets after each reward. - The **Striking System** warning trigger drops to **1% of account size**, at every account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set to Monthly. How does the Striking System work? The **Striking System** applies when the closed and floating loss on one trade idea reaches **1% of the Master Account size**. All losses from a single trade idea are counted together. A **trade idea** can be any of the following: - One trade - Multiple trades running together on the same instrument and in the same direction - Two or more new trades opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between Reward cycles. | Warning | What happens | | --- | --- | | **1st** | A warning is recorded | | **2nd** | The reward split drops by<br> half | | **3rd** | The reward split drops to<br> 20%. | | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. | Profit Deduction Any profit from trade ideas that received a warning is deducted from the account. Commission & Leverage: Execution Parameters Mechanics of the Master Account, including purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap Free accounts | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap Free accounts | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | Once Phase 2 is passed and the account moves to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust Commission & Leverage as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to the entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning only a small fraction of the trade's full value is needed as margin. As the position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. The margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not the entire position. So, the lower tiers always benefit the trade, no matter how large it becomes. ## Instruments 41 instruments across 5 asset classes Forex, Metals, Indices, Energies, and Crypto EURUSDGBPUSDUSDJPYUSDCHFUSDCADAUDUSDNZDUSDAUDCADAUDCHFAUDJPYAUDNZDCADCHFCADJPYCHFJPYEURAUDEURCADEURCHFEURGBPEURJPYEURNZDGBPAUDGBPCADGBPCHFGBPJPYGBPNZDNZDCADNZDCHFNZDJPYXAUUSDXAGUSDDJI30FTSE100GER40JP225NDX100SPX500STX50UKOILUSOILBTCUSDETHUSD FX Majors · 7FX Crosses · 21Metals · 2Indices & Energies · 9Crypto · 2 View full instrument list by category | Category | Instruments | | --- | --- | | FX Majors7 | EURUSD, GBPUSD, USDJPY, USDCHF, USDCAD, AUDUSD, NZDUSD | | FX Crosses21 | AUDCAD, AUDCHF, AUDJPY, AUDNZD, CADCHF,<br> CADJPY, CHFJPY, EURAUD, EURCAD, EURCHF,<br> EURGBP, EURJPY, EURNZD, GBPAUD, GBPCAD,<br> GBPCHF, GBPJPY, GBPNZD, NZDCAD, NZDCHF,<br> NZDJPY | | Metals2 · spot | XAUUSD Gold (1 lot = 100 oz), XAGUSD<br> Silver (1 lot = 5,000 oz) | | Indices7 · cash | DJI30 (US Wall Street 30), FTSE100 (UK<br> 100), GER40 (Germany 40), JP225 (Japan<br> 225), NDX100 (US Tech 100), SPX500 (US<br> SPX 500), STX50 (EU Stocks 50) | | Energies2 · spot | UKOIL (Crude Oil Brent), USOIL (Crude Oil WTI) | | Crypto2 | BTCUSD (Bitcoin vs USD), ETHUSD (Ethereum vs USD) | Instrument specifics such as market hours, contract size, and swap rates are available in the trading platform. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. Any pace works, as long as at least one trade is completed every 30 days to avoid inactivity and all trading rules are followed throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once all Phase 1 objectives are finished, the Phase 2 account will be ready! The new login details appear on the dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, the profit target must be reached with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached? Yes. If a Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due to trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with a 8% discount on Phase 1 and 8% discount on Phase 2 will appear on the dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account is breached due to trading rule or risk violations or Inactivity Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment the account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. When does the 30-day inactivity clock start? If no trades have been placed yet, the clock starts from the day the account was created. If trading has occurred before, it starts the day after the last trade was fully closed. At least one trade must be completed within any 30-day window to keep the account active. I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity? No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day window runs out. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? The account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode, allowing full visibility but no further trading. The dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when. An email notification is also sent immediately. News & Weekend Holding Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Rewards My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward. How do I fix this? For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies only on the **On Demand** and **Monthly** reward cycles. It checks that no single day made up too large a share of total profits. If the best day accounted for more than 35% of everything earned, reward requests are blocked until the score comes back down. Continue trading and keep each day's profit below the best day so far. As total profit grows, the percentage that one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring the score back within range. Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not subject to the 35% rule. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once the reward cycle is complete, it stays available until requested. The request can be submitted on any working day, as long as all requirements are met and the account is in good standing. The cycle only resets after a reward is successfully processed. Commission & Leverage How many lots can I open at once on crypto? A max of 1 lot per click can be opened on crypto, as long as the account has enough available margin. A separate platform-wide limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments, but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto trades specifically. ## Related articles - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414) - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kH--8274e73943326023730ddb53a021bcc93e51ee3f) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQg%3D--7a3da69bf289f70ab2f4020820bd547754d3938b) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d) - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.SHA-256 87fbc4aab0592d191677e5911c36cc0f0dc257296408b6bb9373bf244461ad52
Version 189/30/2026, 4:21:28 AM
2 Step Standard Model Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard. Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice for traders who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This two-tier evaluation ensures that reaching the Master level comes with the proven track record to stay there. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase 2 (5%). - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly 80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **Overnight & Weekend Holding**: always allowed on Evals. Allowed on Master with Swing Add-on. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions Tests trading skills and builds a trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve an **8% profit target** during Phase 1. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. No minimum trading days when the 3% daily loss add-on is selected. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. 10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026 at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3). Confirms consistency and validates Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **5% profit target** during Phase 2. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. No minimum trading days when the 3% daily loss add-on is selected. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If an account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, it can restart quickly without changing the setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:** differs by account sizes - $50K and below: **20% off** - For $100K: **15% off** - **Phase 2 Reset:** 12% off the purchase price - **Master Account Reset:** 8% off the purchase price - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split** - A non-USD account resets as a USD account. - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - The **reward cycle** can be selected once the evaluation account reaches the Master Account. - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on the dashboard once the account qualifies. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once both phases are passed, the opportunity to trade on a Master Account is offered. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of established rules. Committing a hard breach results in immediate account closure with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 10% Equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 3% or 5% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across all phases, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 10% of $100K = $10K. Equity or balance cannot drop to **$90K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit 3% or 5%** (based on the configuration you purchased) of the higher value between the opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both balance and equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Equity cannot fall by more than **Daily Loss Limit** of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 5% of $107K = $5,350. Equity cannot drop to **$101,650** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 5% of $100K = $5K. Equity cannot drop to **$95K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on the FundingPips dashboard. What counts as activity? The account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after the last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. ## News & Speeches Trading We use the **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard** as our official news source, which features the News and Speeches. Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific restrictions depending on account phase. Important Purposely trading news in both evaluation phase and master phase is prohibited and will lead to account closure. Evaluation Phase There are **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**. Trades can be held and managed during the news events. Master Account Soft Breach These rules do not result in account closure, but affected profits will be deducted. Trades can be held during news events on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to **trades opened** **or closed near high-impact news and speeches events**. * * * 1 The restricted window Restricted **News**; the window runs from **5 minutes before or 5 minutes** **after** **high-impact news** . Restricted **Speeches**; the window spans from **10 minutes before the high-impact speech begins until 10** **minutes after** it concludes. Profit Deduction Profits made from trades opened or closed within the restricted window around any high-impact news and speeches on the affected currency may be deducted. 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** restricted affects USD, trades cannot be opened or closed on any USD-related pairs within the 5-minute before or 5-minute after window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. Trading Rule Clarification - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news or speeches:** profits will count if closed within the restricted window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news or speeches:** profits will not count if closed during the restricted window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. ## Overnight & Weekend Holding **Evaluation** Overnight & Weekend holding are allowed during evaluation phases for all instruments on 2 Step Standard. **Master** On the Master Account, holding trades overnight and over the weekend is **not allowed** on 2 Step Pro Master Accounts. All open trades will be automatically closed by the system unless you have the **Swing add-on**. Trades closed by the system for Overnight & Weekend holding will not result in an account breach; however, it will not count as a valid trading day. **Auto-close window for Master Accounts** Open positions on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts are closed by the system each day within a 15-minute window: • Summer time (from the first Sunday of March): 20:45 – 21:00 UTC • Winter time (from the first Sunday of November): 21:45 – 22:00 UTC Closing starts at the beginning of the window, and any position still open at the end of it will be closed. Overnight and weekend holding on Master Accounts can be enabled at the time of purchase through an **Add-on**. **Impact of Weekend trades on consistency score** Profits from these trades will still be added to the account balance while the biggest winning day and biggest losing day will be included in the consistency score calculation. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycles On Demand 90% Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2% profit. How does this work? ↓ Weekly 60% 7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly 80% Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ Monthly 100% Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ On Demand90% Split Request an On Demand Reward with a **90% split** at any time once both of the following criteria are met: - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is **2% of the Master Account Size**. Weekly60% Split Request a Reward with a **60% split** seven days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How It Works - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following Wednesday - First trade on Thursday, then request the following Thursday - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday Bi-Weekly80% Split Request a Reward with an **80% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. Monthly100% Split Effective 15 August 2026 This applies to Evaluation Accounts purchased **on or after** **15 August 2026**. Request a Reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable days reset after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify for a reward, each with **0.5% or more** profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable days resets after each reward. - The **Striking System** warning trigger drops to **1% of account size**, at every account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set to Monthly. How does the Striking System work? The **Striking System** applies when the closed and floating loss on one trade idea reaches **1% of the Master Account size**. All losses from a single trade idea are counted together. A **trade idea** can be any of the following: - One trade - Multiple trades running together on the same instrument and in the same direction - Two or more new trades opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between Reward cycles. | Warning | What happens | | --- | --- | | **1st** | A warning is recorded. | | **2nd** | The reward split drops by<br> half (for<br> example, from 80% to 40%). | | **3rd** | The reward split drops to<br> 20%. | | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. | Profit Deduction Any profit from trade ideas that received a warning is deducted from the account. Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters Mechanics of the Master Account, including purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5 Only This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader 5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap Free accounts | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap Free accounts | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | Once Phase 2 is passed and the account moves to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to the entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning only a small fraction of the trade's full value is needed as margin. As the position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. The margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not the entire position. So, the lower tiers always benefit the trade, no matter how large it becomes. ## Instruments 41 instruments across 5 asset classes Forex, Metals, Indices, Energies, and Crypto EURUSDGBPUSDUSDJPYUSDCHFUSDCADAUDUSDNZDUSDAUDCADAUDCHFAUDJPYAUDNZDCADCHFCADJPYCHFJPYEURAUDEURCADEURCHFEURGBPEURJPYEURNZDGBPAUDGBPCADGBPCHFGBPJPYGBPNZDNZDCADNZDCHFNZDJPYXAUUSDXAGUSDDJI30FTSE100GER40JP225NDX100SPX500STX50UKOILUSOILBTCUSDETHUSD FX Majors · 7FX Crosses · 21Metals · 2Indices & Energies · 9Crypto · 2 View full instrument list by category | Category | Instruments | | --- | --- | | FX Majors7 | EURUSD, GBPUSD, USDJPY, USDCHF, USDCAD, AUDUSD, NZDUSD | | FX Crosses21 | AUDCAD, AUDCHF, AUDJPY, AUDNZD, CADCHF,<br> CADJPY, CHFJPY, EURAUD, EURCAD, EURCHF,<br> EURGBP, EURJPY, EURNZD, GBPAUD, GBPCAD,<br> GBPCHF, GBPJPY, GBPNZD, NZDCAD, NZDCHF,<br> NZDJPY | | Metals2 · spot | XAUUSD Gold (1 lot = 100 oz), XAGUSD<br> Silver (1 lot = 5,000 oz) | | Indices7 · cash | DJI30 (US Wall Street 30), FTSE100 (UK<br> 100), GER40 (Germany 40), JP225 (Japan<br> 225), NDX100 (US Tech 100), SPX500 (US<br> SPX 500), STX50 (EU Stocks 50) | | Energies2 · spot | UKOIL (Crude Oil Brent), USOIL (Crude Oil WTI) | | Crypto2 | BTCUSD (Bitcoin vs USD), ETHUSD (Ethereum vs USD) | Instrument specifics such as market hours, contract size, and swap rates are available in the trading platform. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. Any pace works, as long as at least one trade is completed every 30 days to avoid inactivity and all trading rules are followed throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once all Phase 1 objectives are finished, the Phase 2 account will be ready! The new login details appear on the dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, the profit target must be reached with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached? Yes. If a Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due to trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with a 8% discount on Phase 1 and 8% discount on Phase 2 will appear on the dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account is breached due to trading rule or risk violations or Inactivity Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment the account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. When does the 30-day inactivity clock start? If no trades have been placed yet, the clock starts from the day the account was created. If trading has occurred before, it starts the day after the last trade was fully closed. At least one trade must be completed within any 30-day window to keep the account active. I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity? No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day window runs out. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? The account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode, allowing full visibility but no further trading. The dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when. An email notification is also sent immediately. Additional Guidelines Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Rewards My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward. How do I fix this? For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies only on the **On Demand** and **Monthly** reward cycles. It checks that no single day made up too large a share of total profits. If the best day accounted for more than 35% of everything earned, reward requests are blocked until the score comes back down. Continue trading and keep each day's profit below the best day so far. As total profit grows, the percentage that one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring the score back within range. Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not subject to the 35% rule. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once the reward cycle is complete, it stays available until requested. The request can be submitted on any working day, as long as all requirements are met and the account is in good standing. The cycle only resets after a reward is successfully processed. Trading Conditions How many lots can I open at once on crypto? A max of 1 lot per click can be opened on crypto, as long as the account has enough available margin. A separate platform-wide limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments, but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto trades specifically. ## Related articles - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414) - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kH--8274e73943326023730ddb53a021bcc93e51ee3f) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQg%3D--7a3da69bf289f70ab2f4020820bd547754d3938b) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d) - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.SHA-256 11d975dbd3f861e3aa0d3e063deb24375fb5375feae2e5db20d781a14fcab373
Version 179/29/2026, 4:21:35 AM
2 Step Standard Model Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard. Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice for traders who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This two-tier evaluation ensures that reaching the Master level comes with the proven track record to stay there. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase 2 (5%). - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly 80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **Overnight & Weekend Holding**: always allowed on Evals. Allowed on Master with Swing Add-on. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions Tests trading skills and builds a trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve an **8% profit target** during Phase 1. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. No minimum trading days when the 3% daily loss add-on is selected. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. 10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026 at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3). Confirms consistency and validates Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **5% profit target** during Phase 2. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. No minimum trading days when the 3% daily loss add-on is selected. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If an account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, it can restart quickly without changing the setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:** 8% off the purchase price - **Phase 2 Reset:** 8% off the purchase price - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase price - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split** - A non-USD account resets as a USD account. - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - The **reward cycle** can be selected once the evaluation account reaches the Master Account. - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on the dashboard once the account qualifies. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once both phases are passed, the opportunity to trade on a Master Account is offered. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of established rules. Committing a hard breach results in immediate account closure with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 10% Equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 3% or 5% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across all phases, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 10% of $100K = $10K. Equity or balance cannot drop to **$90K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit 3% or 5%** (based on the configuration you purchased) of the higher value between the opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both balance and equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Equity cannot fall by more than **Daily Loss Limit** of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 5% of $107K = $5,350. Equity cannot drop to **$101,650** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 5% of $100K = $5K. Equity cannot drop to **$95K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on the FundingPips dashboard. What counts as activity? The account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after the last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. ## News & Speeches Trading We use the **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard** as our official news source, which features the News and Speeches. Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific restrictions depending on account phase. Important Purposely trading news in both evaluation phase and master phase is prohibited and will lead to account closure. Evaluation Phase There are **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**. Trades can be held and managed during the news events. Master Account Soft Breach These rules do not result in account closure, but affected profits will be deducted. Trades can be held during news events on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to **trades opened** **or closed near high-impact news and speeches events**. * * * 1 The restricted window Restricted **News**; the window runs from **5 minutes before or 5 minutes** **after** **high-impact news** . Restricted **Speeches**; the window spans from **10 minutes before the high-impact speech begins until 10** **minutes after** it concludes. Profit Deduction Profits made from trades opened or closed within the restricted window around any high-impact news and speeches on the affected currency may be deducted. 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** restricted affects USD, trades cannot be opened or closed on any USD-related pairs within the 5-minute before or 5-minute after window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. Trading Rule Clarification - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news or speeches:** profits will count if closed within the restricted window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news or speeches:** profits will not count if closed during the restricted window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. ## Overnight & Weekend Holding **Evaluation** Overnight & Weekend holding are allowed during evaluation phases for all instruments on 2 Step Standard. **Master** On the Master Account, holding trades overnight and over the weekend is **not allowed** on 2 Step Pro Master Accounts. All open trades will be automatically closed by the system unless you have the **Swing add-on**. Trades closed by the system for Overnight & Weekend holding will not result in an account breach; however, it will not count as a valid trading day. **Auto-close window for Master Accounts** Open positions on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts are closed by the system each day within a 15-minute window: • Summer time (from the first Sunday of March): 20:45 – 21:00 UTC • Winter time (from the first Sunday of November): 21:45 – 22:00 UTC Closing starts at the beginning of the window, and any position still open at the end of it will be closed. Overnight and weekend holding on Master Accounts can be enabled at the time of purchase through an **Add-on**. **Impact of Weekend trades on consistency score** Profits from these trades will still be added to the account balance while the biggest winning day and biggest losing day will be included in the consistency score calculation. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycles On Demand 90% Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2% profit. How does this work? ↓ Weekly 60% 7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly 80% Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ Monthly 100% Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ On Demand90% Split Request an On Demand Reward with a **90% split** at any time once both of the following criteria are met: - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is **2% of the Master Account Size**. Weekly60% Split Request a Reward with a **60% split** seven days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How It Works - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following Wednesday - First trade on Thursday, then request the following Thursday - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday Bi-Weekly80% Split Request a Reward with an **80% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. Monthly100% Split Effective 15 August 2026 This applies to Evaluation Accounts purchased **on or after** **15 August 2026**. Request a Reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable days reset after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify for a reward, each with **0.5% or more** profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable days resets after each reward. - The **Striking System** warning trigger drops to **1% of account size**, at every account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set to Monthly. How does the Striking System work? The **Striking System** applies when the closed and floating loss on one trade idea reaches **1% of the Master Account size**. All losses from a single trade idea are counted together. A **trade idea** can be any of the following: - One trade - Multiple trades running together on the same instrument and in the same direction - Two or more new trades opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between Reward cycles. | Warning | What happens | | --- | --- | | **1st** | A warning is recorded. | | **2nd** | The reward split drops by<br> half (for<br> example, from 80% to 40%). | | **3rd** | The reward split drops to<br> 20%. | | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. | Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters Mechanics of the Master Account, including purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5 Only This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader 5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap Free accounts | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap Free accounts | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | Once Phase 2 is passed and the account moves to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to the entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning only a small fraction of the trade's full value is needed as margin. As the position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. The margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not the entire position. So, the lower tiers always benefit the trade, no matter how large it becomes. ## Instruments 41 instruments across 5 asset classes Forex, Metals, Indices, Energies, and Crypto EURUSDGBPUSDUSDJPYUSDCHFUSDCADAUDUSDNZDUSDAUDCADAUDCHFAUDJPYAUDNZDCADCHFCADJPYCHFJPYEURAUDEURCADEURCHFEURGBPEURJPYEURNZDGBPAUDGBPCADGBPCHFGBPJPYGBPNZDNZDCADNZDCHFNZDJPYXAUUSDXAGUSDDJI30FTSE100GER40JP225NDX100SPX500STX50UKOILUSOILBTCUSDETHUSD FX Majors · 7FX Crosses · 21Metals · 2Indices & Energies · 9Crypto · 2 View full instrument list by category | Category | Instruments | | --- | --- | | FX Majors7 | EURUSD, GBPUSD, USDJPY, USDCHF, USDCAD, AUDUSD, NZDUSD | | FX Crosses21 | AUDCAD, AUDCHF, AUDJPY, AUDNZD, CADCHF,<br> CADJPY, CHFJPY, EURAUD, EURCAD, EURCHF,<br> EURGBP, EURJPY, EURNZD, GBPAUD, GBPCAD,<br> GBPCHF, GBPJPY, GBPNZD, NZDCAD, NZDCHF,<br> NZDJPY | | Metals2 · spot | XAUUSD Gold (1 lot = 100 oz), XAGUSD<br> Silver (1 lot = 5,000 oz) | | Indices7 · cash | DJI30 (US Wall Street 30), FTSE100 (UK<br> 100), GER40 (Germany 40), JP225 (Japan<br> 225), NDX100 (US Tech 100), SPX500 (US<br> SPX 500), STX50 (EU Stocks 50) | | Energies2 · spot | UKOIL (Crude Oil Brent), USOIL (Crude Oil WTI) | | Crypto2 | BTCUSD (Bitcoin vs USD), ETHUSD (Ethereum vs USD) | Instrument specifics such as market hours, contract size, and swap rates are available in the trading platform. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. Any pace works, as long as at least one trade is completed every 30 days to avoid inactivity and all trading rules are followed throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once all Phase 1 objectives are finished, the Phase 2 account will be ready! The new login details appear on the dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, the profit target must be reached with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached? Yes. If a Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due to trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with a 8% discount on Phase 1 and 8% discount on Phase 2 will appear on the dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account is breached due to trading rule or risk violations or Inactivity Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment the account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. When does the 30-day inactivity clock start? If no trades have been placed yet, the clock starts from the day the account was created. If trading has occurred before, it starts the day after the last trade was fully closed. At least one trade must be completed within any 30-day window to keep the account active. I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity? No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day window runs out. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? The account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode, allowing full visibility but no further trading. The dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when. An email notification is also sent immediately. Additional Guidelines Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Rewards My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward. How do I fix this? For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies only on the **On Demand** and **Monthly** reward cycles. It checks that no single day made up too large a share of total profits. If the best day accounted for more than 35% of everything earned, reward requests are blocked until the score comes back down. Continue trading and keep each day's profit below the best day so far. As total profit grows, the percentage that one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring the score back within range. Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not subject to the 35% rule. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once the reward cycle is complete, it stays available until requested. The request can be submitted on any working day, as long as all requirements are met and the account is in good standing. The cycle only resets after a reward is successfully processed. Trading Conditions How many lots can I open at once on crypto? A max of 1 lot per click can be opened on crypto, as long as the account has enough available margin. A separate platform-wide limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments, but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto trades specifically. ## Related articles - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414) - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kH--8274e73943326023730ddb53a021bcc93e51ee3f) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQg%3D--7a3da69bf289f70ab2f4020820bd547754d3938b) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d) - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.SHA-256 60f5b55809d2ba3444627bf4067b2f6f517f166b1eb6c6765701c7de0befd820
Version 169/28/2026, 4:21:43 AM
2 Step Standard Model Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard. Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice for traders who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This two-tier evaluation ensures that reaching the Master level comes with the proven track record to stay there. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase 2 (5%). - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly 80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **Overnight & Weekend Holding**: always allowed on Evals. Allowed on Master with Swing Add-on. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions Tests trading skills and builds a trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve an **8% profit target** during Phase 1. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. No minimum trading days when the 3% daily loss add-on is selected. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. 10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026 at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3). Confirms consistency and validates Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **5% profit target** during Phase 2. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. No minimum trading days when the 3% daily loss add-on is selected. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If an account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, it can restart quickly without changing the setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:** 8% off the purchase price - **Phase 2 Reset:** 8% off the purchase price - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase price - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split** - A non-USD account resets as a USD account. - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - The **reward cycle** can be selected once the evaluation account reaches the Master Account. - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on the dashboard once the account qualifies. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once both phases are passed, the opportunity to trade on a Master Account is offered. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of established rules. Committing a hard breach results in immediate account closure with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 10% Equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 3% or 5% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across all phases, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 10% of $100K = $10K. Equity or balance cannot drop to **$90K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit 3% or 5%** (based on the configuration you purchased) of the higher value between the opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both balance and equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Equity cannot fall by more than **Daily Loss Limit** of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 5% of $107K = $5,350. Equity cannot drop to **$101,650** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 5% of $100K = $5K. Equity cannot drop to **$95K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on the FundingPips dashboard. What counts as activity? The account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after the last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. ## News & Speeches Trading We use the **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard** as our official news source, which features the News and Speeches. Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific restrictions depending on account phase. Important Purposely trading news in both evaluation phase and master phase is prohibited and will lead to account closure. Evaluation Phase There are **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**. Trades can be held and managed during the news events. Master Account Soft Breach These rules do not result in account closure, but affected profits will be deducted. Trades can be held during news events on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to **trades opened** **or closed near high-impact news and speeches events**. * * * 1 The restricted window Restricted **News**; the window runs from **5 minutes before or 5 minutes** **after** **high-impact news** . Restricted **Speeches**; the window spans from **10 minutes before the high-impact speech begins until 10** **minutes after** it concludes. Profit Deduction Profits made from trades opened or closed within the restricted window around any high-impact news and speeches on the affected currency may be deducted. 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** restricted affects USD, trades cannot be opened or closed on any USD-related pairs within the 5-minute before or 5-minute after window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. Trading Rule Clarification - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news or speeches:** profits will count if closed within the restricted window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news or speeches:** profits will not count if closed during the restricted window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. ## Overnight & Weekend Holding **Evaluation** Overnight & Weekend holding are allowed during evaluation phases for all instruments on 2 Step Pro. **Master** On the Master Account, holding trades overnight and over the weekend is **not allowed** on 2 Step Pro Master Accounts. All open trades will be automatically closed by the system unless you have the **Swing add-on**. Trades closed by the system for Overnight & Weekend holding will not result in an account breach; however, it will not count as a valid trading day. **Auto-close window for Master Accounts** Open positions on 2 Step pro Master Accounts are closed by the system each day within a 15-minute window: • Summer time (from the first Sunday of March): 20:45 – 21:00 UTC • Winter time (from the first Sunday of November): 21:45 – 22:00 UTC Closing starts at the beginning of the window, and any position still open at the end of it will be closed. Overnight and weekend holding on Master Accounts can be enabled at the time of purchase through an **Add-on**. **Impact of Weekend trades on consistency score** Profits from these trades will still be added to the account balance while the biggest winning day and biggest losing day will be included in the consistency score calculation. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycles On Demand 90% Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2% profit. How does this work? ↓ Weekly 60% 7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly 80% Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ Monthly 100% Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ On Demand90% Split Request an On Demand Reward with a **90% split** at any time once both of the following criteria are met: - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is **2% of the Master Account Size**. Weekly60% Split Request a Reward with a **60% split** seven days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How It Works - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following Wednesday - First trade on Thursday, then request the following Thursday - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday Bi-Weekly80% Split Request a Reward with an **80% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. Monthly100% Split Effective 15 August 2026 This applies to Evaluation Accounts purchased **on or after** **15 August 2026**. Request a Reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable days reset after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify for a reward, each with **0.5% or more** profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable days resets after each reward. - The **Striking System** warning trigger drops to **1% of account size**, at every account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set to Monthly. This replaces the standard 1.2% trigger that applies above $25K on the Weekly, Bi-Weekly, and On Demand cycles. Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters Mechanics of the Master Account, including purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5 Only This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader 5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap Free accounts | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap Free accounts | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | Once Phase 2 is passed and the account moves to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to the entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning only a small fraction of the trade's full value is needed as margin. As the position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. The margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not the entire position. So, the lower tiers always benefit the trade, no matter how large it becomes. ## Instruments 41 instruments across 5 asset classes Forex, Metals, Indices, Energies, and Crypto EURUSDGBPUSDUSDJPYUSDCHFUSDCADAUDUSDNZDUSDAUDCADAUDCHFAUDJPYAUDNZDCADCHFCADJPYCHFJPYEURAUDEURCADEURCHFEURGBPEURJPYEURNZDGBPAUDGBPCADGBPCHFGBPJPYGBPNZDNZDCADNZDCHFNZDJPYXAUUSDXAGUSDDJI30FTSE100GER40JP225NDX100SPX500STX50UKOILUSOILBTCUSDETHUSD FX Majors · 7FX Crosses · 21Metals · 2Indices & Energies · 9Crypto · 2 View full instrument list by category | Category | Instruments | | --- | --- | | FX Majors7 | EURUSD, GBPUSD, USDJPY, USDCHF, USDCAD, AUDUSD, NZDUSD | | FX Crosses21 | AUDCAD, AUDCHF, AUDJPY, AUDNZD, CADCHF,<br> CADJPY, CHFJPY, EURAUD, EURCAD, EURCHF,<br> EURGBP, EURJPY, EURNZD, GBPAUD, GBPCAD,<br> GBPCHF, GBPJPY, GBPNZD, NZDCAD, NZDCHF,<br> NZDJPY | | Metals2 · spot | XAUUSD Gold (1 lot = 100 oz), XAGUSD<br> Silver (1 lot = 5,000 oz) | | Indices7 · cash | DJI30 (US Wall Street 30), FTSE100 (UK<br> 100), GER40 (Germany 40), JP225 (Japan<br> 225), NDX100 (US Tech 100), SPX500 (US<br> SPX 500), STX50 (EU Stocks 50) | | Energies2 · spot | UKOIL (Crude Oil Brent), USOIL (Crude Oil WTI) | | Crypto2 | BTCUSD (Bitcoin vs USD), ETHUSD (Ethereum vs USD) | Instrument specifics such as market hours, contract size, and swap rates are available in the trading platform. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. Any pace works, as long as at least one trade is completed every 30 days to avoid inactivity and all trading rules are followed throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once all Phase 1 objectives are finished, the Phase 2 account will be ready! The new login details appear on the dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, the profit target must be reached with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached? Yes. If a Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due to trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with a 8% discount on Phase 1 and 8% discount on Phase 2 will appear on the dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account is breached due to trading rule or risk violations or Inactivity Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment the account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. When does the 30-day inactivity clock start? If no trades have been placed yet, the clock starts from the day the account was created. If trading has occurred before, it starts the day after the last trade was fully closed. At least one trade must be completed within any 30-day window to keep the account active. I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity? No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day window runs out. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? The account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode, allowing full visibility but no further trading. The dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when. An email notification is also sent immediately. Additional Guidelines Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Rewards My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward. How do I fix this? For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies only on the **On Demand** and **Monthly** reward cycles. It checks that no single day made up too large a share of total profits. If the best day accounted for more than 35% of everything earned, reward requests are blocked until the score comes back down. Continue trading and keep each day's profit below the best day so far. As total profit grows, the percentage that one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring the score back within range. Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not subject to the 35% rule. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once the reward cycle is complete, it stays available until requested. The request can be submitted on any working day, as long as all requirements are met and the account is in good standing. The cycle only resets after a reward is successfully processed. Trading Conditions How many lots can I open at once on crypto? A max of 1 lot per click can be opened on crypto, as long as the account has enough available margin. A separate platform-wide limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments, but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto trades specifically. ## Related articles - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414) - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kH--8274e73943326023730ddb53a021bcc93e51ee3f) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQg%3D--7a3da69bf289f70ab2f4020820bd547754d3938b) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d) - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.
SHA-256 4b83da22195b971a5caacc400db1888d6f62184987e0a598441a96668d9f6ea2
Version 159/25/2026, 4:21:00 AM
2 Step Standard Model Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard. Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice for traders who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This two-tier evaluation ensures that reaching the Master level comes with the proven track record to stay there. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase 2 (5%). - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly 80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **News trading allowed on Master**: within the restricted window. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions Tests trading skills and builds a trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve an **8% profit target** during Phase 1. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. 10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026 at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3). Confirms consistency and validates Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **5% profit target** during Phase 2. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If an account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, it can restart quickly without changing the setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase price - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase price - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase price (excluding $100K accounts) - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split** - A non-USD account resets as a USD account. - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - The **reward cycle** can be selected once the evaluation account reaches the Master Account. - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on the dashboard once the account qualifies. ## Profit Concentration Policy Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require **4 minimum profitable days** before each reward can be requested. This applies if the account has not yet reached the full profit target, in profit, or in drawdown. How does the Profit Concentration Policy work? 1 The trigger During any Evaluation phase, if a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the profit target**, the policy is triggered. This applies even if the account has not yet reached the full profit target. **Example: 2 Step Standard (8% target on a $25K** **account)** the profit target is $2,000, so 60% of the target is **$1,200**. Account in profit $26,500 If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the policy is triggered because that single trade idea contributed more than $1,200. Account in drawdown $24,900 If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the policy is also triggered, the trade idea exceeded 60% of the $1,200 profit target, even if the account balance is below its initial account size. - The policy is assessed at the phase level. Each phase is evaluated independently. Triggering the policy **does not fail the Evaluation**. It only adds an additional reward requirement once the Evaluation is passed, the Master Account is obtained, and a reward is requested. 2 The requirement When the policy is triggered, the Master Account created after passing that evaluation requires a minimum of **4** **profitable days** before each reward can be requested. - **A profitable day** is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. - The 4 profitable days do not need to be consecutive. - The profitable-day requirement applies even if the Master Account is in drawdown, as long as the required daily profit threshold is met. - Once 4 profitable days are achieved, reward requests are available as normal. Example: on a $100K Master Account (0.5% = $500) If the account is currently $98,000 in drawdown, but the day closes with $600 in net realized profit, that day qualifies as one profitable day. The account does not need to recover the drawdown before the day can count. 3 What counts as a trade idea One trade, multiple trades running together on the same instrument and in the same direction, or any new trade opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade is considered a single trade idea. All closed profits or losses from a single trade idea are counted together. Which accounts are affected This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above, created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts are not affected. - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are not subject to this policy. - If currently in Phase 1 and passing after June 27, 2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this policy. - If already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply, even after passing. - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27, 2026 is subject to this policy. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once both phases are passed, the opportunity to trade on a Master Account is offered. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of established rules. Committing a hard breach results in immediate account closure with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 10% Equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 5% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Risk Per Trade Idea 3% / 2% **Applies to 10% profit target Master Accounts only.** 3% at $25K and below $50K, 2% at $50K and above. How are trade ideas grouped? ↓ Striking System 4 warnings Master Accounts above $25,000. Each warning brings a consequence, from profit deduction to account breach. **Applies to 8% profit target only.** How does this work? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across all phases, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 10% of $100K = $10K. Equity or balance cannot drop to **$90K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit: 5%** of the higher value between the opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both balance and equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Equity cannot fall by more than 5% of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 5% of $107K = $5,350. Equity cannot drop to **$101,650** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 5% of $100K = $5K. Equity cannot drop to **$95K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on the FundingPips dashboard. What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea? Master Accounts with 10% Profit Target (no longer offered) Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts, including merged accounts. [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea) The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on the Master Account, including both realized and unrealized losses across all related positions. - **Below $25K:** Removed - **Accounts $25k and below $50K:** 3% of Master Account Size - **$50K and above:** 2% of Master Account Size * * * 1 Single Trades The biggest loss on any single trade must not reach the limit for the account size. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** A single trade loss of $750 or more = Breach $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** A single trade loss of $2,000 or more = Breach 2 Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions Multiple positions on the same pair active at the same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined losses (including unrealized) must not reach the limit. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** Three concurrent buys on EURUSD: - Trade 1 loss: $300 - Trade 2 loss: $200 - Trade 3 loss: $250 Combined: $750 = Breach, even if Trade 1 is still open $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD: - Trade 1 floating loss: $900 - Trade 2 floating loss: $700 - Trade 3 floating loss: $400 Combined: $2,000 = Breach, regardless of whether trades remain open 3 Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule Each new position opened in the same direction within **10 minutes** of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across all of them is assessed against the limit. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** - Trade 1: closed at **$500 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$250 loss** Combined: $750 = Breach $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$800 loss** Combined: $2,000 = Breach What counts as activity? The account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after the last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. How does the Striking System work? The **Striking System** applies when the closed and floating loss on one trade idea reaches **1.2% of the Master Account size**. **This applies only to Master Accounts above $25K with an 8% profit target.** All losses from a single trade idea are counted together. A **trade idea** can be any of the following: - One trade - Multiple trades running together on the same instrument and in the same direction - Two or more new trades opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between Reward cycles. | Warning | What happens | | --- | --- | | **1st** | A warning is recorded. | | **2nd** | The reward split drops by half (for<br> example, from 80% to 40%). | | **3rd** | The reward split drops to 20%. | | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. | Profit deduction Any profit from trade ideas that received a warning is deducted from the account. ## News & Speeches Trading We use the **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard** as our official news source, which features the News and Speeches. Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific restrictions depending on account phase. Important Purposely trading news in both evaluation phase and master phase is prohibited and will lead to account closure. Evaluation Phase There are **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**. Trades can be held and managed during the news events. Master Account Soft Breach These rules do not result in account closure, but affected profits will be deducted. Trades can be held during news events on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to **trades opened** **or closed near high-impact news and speeches events**. * * * 1 The restricted window Restricted **News**; the window runs from **5 minutes before or 5 minutes** **after** **high-impact news** . Restricted **Speeches**; the window spans from **10 minutes before the high-impact speech begins until 10** **minutes after** it concludes. Profit Deduction Profits made from trades opened or closed within the restricted window around any high-impact news and speeches on the affected currency may be deducted. 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** restricted affects USD, trades cannot be opened or closed on any USD-related pairs within the 5-minute before or 5-minute after window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. Trading Rule Clarification - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news or speeches:** profits will count if closed within the restricted window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news or speeches:** profits will not count if closed during the restricted window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. ## Holding Trades Over the Weekend Temporary Update: Effective 29 January 2026 - Holding trades over the weekend exposes the account to gap risk when markets reopen on Monday. Weekend holds are permitted during **evaluation phases** for all instruments on 2 Step Standard. Opening and Closing trades during the weekend is not allowed for both Evaluation and Master phase. On the **Master Account**, a temporary change is in effect: holding trades over the weekend is currently **not allowed** on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts. All open trades will be automatically closed by the system over the weekend. This will not result in an account breach; however, it will not count as a valid trading day. Profits from these trades will still be added to the account balance while the biggest winning day and biggest losing day will be included in the consistency score calculation. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycles On Demand 90% Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2% profit. How does this work? ↓ Weekly 60% 7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly 80% Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ Monthly 100% Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ On Demand90% Split Request an On Demand Reward with a **90% split** at any time once both of the following criteria are met: - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is **2% of the Master Account Size**. Weekly60% Split Request a Reward with a **60% split** seven days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How It Works - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following Wednesday - First trade on Thursday, then request the following Thursday - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday Bi-Weekly80% Split Request a Reward with an **80% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. Monthly100% Split Effective 15 August 2026 This applies to Evaluation Accounts purchased **on or after** **15 August 2026**. Request a Reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable days reset after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify for a reward, each with **0.5% or more** profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable days resets after each reward. - The **Striking System** warning trigger drops to **1% of account size**, at every account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set to Monthly. This replaces the standard 1.2% trigger that applies above $25K on the Weekly, Bi-Weekly, and On Demand cycles. Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters Mechanics of the Master Account, including purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5 Only This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader 5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | Once Phase 2 is passed and the account moves to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to the entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning only a small fraction of the trade's full value is needed as margin. As the position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. The margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not the entire position. So, the lower tiers always benefit the trade, no matter how large it becomes. ## Instruments 41 instruments across 5 asset classes Forex, Metals, Indices, Energies, and Crypto EURUSDGBPUSDUSDJPYUSDCHFUSDCADAUDUSDNZDUSDAUDCADAUDCHFAUDJPYAUDNZDCADCHFCADJPYCHFJPYEURAUDEURCADEURCHFEURGBPEURJPYEURNZDGBPAUDGBPCADGBPCHFGBPJPYGBPNZDNZDCADNZDCHFNZDJPYXAUUSDXAGUSDDJI30FTSE100GER40JP225NDX100SPX500STX50UKOILUSOILBTCUSDETHUSD FX Majors · 7FX Crosses · 21Metals · 2Indices & Energies · 9Crypto · 2 View full instrument list by category | Category | Instruments | | --- | --- | | FX Majors7 | EURUSD, GBPUSD, USDJPY, USDCHF, USDCAD, AUDUSD, NZDUSD | | FX Crosses21 | AUDCAD, AUDCHF, AUDJPY, AUDNZD, CADCHF,<br> CADJPY, CHFJPY, EURAUD, EURCAD, EURCHF,<br> EURGBP, EURJPY, EURNZD, GBPAUD, GBPCAD,<br> GBPCHF, GBPJPY, GBPNZD, NZDCAD, NZDCHF,<br> NZDJPY | | Metals2 · spot | XAUUSD Gold (1 lot = 100 oz), XAGUSD<br> Silver (1 lot = 5,000 oz) | | Indices7 · cash | DJI30 (US Wall Street 30), FTSE100 (UK<br> 100), GER40 (Germany 40), JP225 (Japan<br> 225), NDX100 (US Tech 100), SPX500 (US<br> SPX 500), STX50 (EU Stocks 50) | | Energies2 · spot | UKOIL (Crude Oil Brent), USOIL (Crude Oil WTI) | | Crypto2 | BTCUSD (Bitcoin vs USD), ETHUSD (Ethereum vs USD) | Instrument specifics such as market hours, contract size, and swap rates are available in the trading platform. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. Any pace works, as long as at least one trade is completed every 30 days to avoid inactivity and all trading rules are followed throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once all Phase 1 objectives are finished, the Phase 2 account will be ready! The new login details appear on the dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, the profit target must be reached with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached? Yes. If a Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due to trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with a 15% discount on Phase 1 and 10% discount on Phase 2 will appear on the dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account is breached due to trading rule or risk violations or Inactivity Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment the account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. When does the 30-day inactivity clock start? If no trades have been placed yet, the clock starts from the day the account was created. If trading has occurred before, it starts the day after the last trade was fully closed. At least one trade must be completed within any 30-day window to keep the account active. I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity? No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day window runs out. If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another trade for the risk limit? No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea limit. Each trade idea is assessed on its own losses only. Does the Risk Per Trade Idea rule apply during the evaluation phases? No. The Risk Per Trade Idea rule only applies on the Master Account, on account sizes at $25,000 and above and under 10% Profit Target only. What is a Striking System warning? A warning is recorded when a single trade idea on the Master Account reaches a combined floating loss of 1.2% of the account size. It is counted once per idea, on the first time it crosses that level. Each warning triggers a consequence based on the warning number. Will my trades be closed when a Striking System warning is recorded? No. Trades are never force-closed by a Striking System warning. Trading on the flagged idea can continue, but any profit it makes will not count toward the reward and will be deducted when the trades close. My trade idea dipped to -1.2% but recovered and closed in profit. Is the warning still recorded? Yes. The warning is based on the heat the idea took, not the final result. Once a trade idea's combined floating loss reaches -1.2%, the warning is recorded regardless of whether it recovers. The profit from that idea is still subject to deduction. What happens to the profit from a trade idea that receives a Striking System warning? The trades in that idea are flagged. When they close, any net profit they made is deducted from the account and will not be counted toward the reward. Losing trades are not refunded. Does requesting a reward reset my Striking System warnings or restore my reward split? No. Warnings and their consequences stay on the account for its lifetime. Requesting a reward does not reset the warning counter or restore a reduced split. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? The account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode, allowing full visibility but no further trading. The dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when. An email notification is also sent immediately. Additional Guidelines Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Rewards My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward. How do I fix this? For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies only on the **On Demand** and **Monthly** reward cycles. It checks that no single day made up too large a share of total profits. If the best day accounted for more than 35% of everything earned, reward requests are blocked until the score comes back down. Continue trading and keep each day's profit below the best day so far. As total profit grows, the percentage that one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring the score back within range. Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not subject to the 35% rule. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once the reward cycle is complete, it stays available until requested. The request can be submitted on any working day, as long as all requirements are met and the account is in good standing. The cycle only resets after a reward is successfully processed. Trading Conditions How many lots can I open at once on crypto? A max of 1 lot per click can be opened on crypto, as long as the account has enough available margin. A separate platform-wide limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments, but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto trades specifically. Profit Concentration Policy Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to? The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2 Step Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts, as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. What counts as a trade idea under this policy? A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions on the same instrument in the same direction, including any new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed together when measuring profit concentration. What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit target? If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of the profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected. What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account? A profitable day is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. 4 of these days are required before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The days do not need to be consecutive. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing evaluation account? If the evaluation account was created before June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts created on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts? No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during evaluation phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected. Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation? No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation. The evaluation still passes normally. The only consequence is that the Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. ## Related articles - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414) - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kH--8274e73943326023730ddb53a021bcc93e51ee3f) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQg%3D--7a3da69bf289f70ab2f4020820bd547754d3938b) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d) - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.
SHA-256 63d673156387bf1be9024aaec3a81ad90e44645362a00a9a4fa5bff25362e2f2
Version 149/18/2026, 4:02:21 AM
2 Step Standard Model Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard. Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice for traders who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This two-tier evaluation ensures that when you reach the Master level, you have the proven track record to stay there. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase 2 (5%). - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly 80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions Tests your trading skills and builds your trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve an **8% profit target** during Phase 1. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. 10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026 at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3). Confirms your consistency and validates your Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **5% profit target** during Phase 2. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If your account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, you can restart quickly without changing your setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase price - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase price - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase price (excluding $100K accounts) - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split** - A non-USD account resets as a USD account. - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - The **reward cycle** can be selected once the evaluation account reaches the Master Account. - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on your dashboard once your account qualifies. ## Profit Concentration Policy Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require **4 minimum profitable days** before each reward can be requested. This applies if the account has not yet reached the full profit target, in profit, or in drawdown. How does the Profit Concentration Policy work? 1 The trigger During any Evaluation phase, if a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the profit target**, the policy is triggered. This applies even if the account has not yet reached the full profit target. **Example: 2 Step Standard (8% target on a $25K** **account)** the profit target is $2,000, so 60% of the target is **$1,200**. Account in profit $26,500 If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the policy is triggered because that single trade idea contributed more than $1,200. Account in drawdown $24,900 If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the policy is also triggered, the trade idea exceeded 60% of the $1,200 profit target, even if the account balance is below its initial account size. - The policy is assessed at the phase level. Each phase is evaluated independently. Triggering the policy **does not fail the Evaluation**. It only adds an additional reward requirement once the Evaluation is passed, the Master Account is obtained, and a reward is requested. 2 The requirement When the policy is triggered, the Master Account created after passing that evaluation requires a minimum of **4** **profitable days** before each reward can be requested. - **A profitable day** is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. - The 4 profitable days do not need to be consecutive. - The profitable-day requirement applies even if the Master Account is in drawdown, as long as the required daily profit threshold is met. - Once 4 profitable days are achieved, reward requests are available as normal. Example: on a $100K Master Account (0.5% = $500) If the account is currently $98,000 in drawdown, but the day closes with $600 in net realized profit, that day qualifies as one profitable day. The account does not need to recover the drawdown before the day can count. 3 What counts as a trade idea One trade, multiple trades running together on the same instrument and in the same direction, or any new trade opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade is considered a single trade idea. All closed profits or losses from a single trade idea are counted together. Which accounts are affected This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above, created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts are not affected. - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are not subject to this policy. - If you are currently in Phase 1 and pass after June 27, 2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this policy. - If you are already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply, even after passing. - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27, 2026 is subject to this policy. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once you successfully pass both phases, you will be offered the opportunity to trade on a Master Account. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of our established rules. Committing a hard breach will result in the immediate closure of your account with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 10% Your equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 5% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Risk Per Trade Idea 3% / 2% **Applies to 10% profit target Master Accounts only.** 3% at $25K and below $50K, 2% at $50K and above. How are trade ideas grouped? ↓ Striking System 4 warnings Master Accounts above $25,000. Each warning brings a consequence, from profit deduction to account breach. **Applies to 8% profit target only.** How does this work? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Your equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across all phases, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 10% of $100K = $10K. Your equity or balance cannot drop to **$90K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit: 5%** of the higher value between your opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both your balance and your equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Your equity cannot fall by more than 5% of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 5% of $107K = $5,350. Your equity cannot drop to **$101,650** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 5% of $100K = $5K. Your equity cannot drop to **$95K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on your FundingPips dashboard. What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea? Master Accounts with 10% Profit Target (no longer offered) Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts, including merged accounts. [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea) The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on your Master Account, including both realized and unrealized losses across all related positions. - **Below $25K:** Removed - **Accounts $25k and below $50K:** 3% of Master Account Size - **$50K and above:** 2% of Master Account Size * * * 1 Single Trades Your biggest loss on any single trade must not reach the limit for your account size. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** A single trade loss of $750 or more = Breach $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** A single trade loss of $2,000 or more = Breach 2 Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions Multiple positions on the same pair active at the same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined losses (including unrealized) must not reach the limit. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** Three concurrent buys on EURUSD: - Trade 1 loss: $300 - Trade 2 loss: $200 - Trade 3 loss: $250 Combined: $750 = Breach, even if Trade 1 is still open $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD: - Trade 1 floating loss: $900 - Trade 2 floating loss: $700 - Trade 3 floating loss: $400 Combined: $2,000 = Breach, regardless of whether trades remain open 3 Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule Each new position opened in the same direction within **10 minutes** of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across all of them is assessed against the limit. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** - Trade 1: closed at **$500 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$250 loss** Combined: $750 = Breach $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$800 loss** Combined: $2,000 = Breach What counts as activity? Your account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after your last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. How does the Striking System work? Instead of a restrictive 1% guideline per trade idea, the Striking System gives more chances in a transparent way. Each time a single trade idea's combined floating loss reaches 1.2% of the account size, a warning is recorded. Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between reward cycles. **Applies to Master Accounts size above $25K, with a profit target of 8% only.** The consequences escalate with each warning: | Warning | What happens | | --- | --- | | **1st** | A warning is recorded. The profit from<br> that trade idea is deducted. No other<br> penalty at this stage. | | **2nd** | Your reward split drops by half (for<br> example, from 80% to 40%). The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. | | **3rd** | Your reward split drops to 20%. The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. | | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. | Your trades are never force-closed by a warning. Any profit from a trade idea that received a warning is deducted from the account. ## News & Speeches Trading We use the **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard** as our official news source, which features the News and Speeches. Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific restrictions depending on your account phase. Important Purposely trading news in both evaluation phase and master phase is prohibited and will lead to account closure. Evaluation Phase There are **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**. You can hold and manage trades during the news events. Master Account Soft Breach These rules do not result in account closure, but affected profits will be deducted. You can hold trades during news events on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to **trades opened** **or closed near high-impact news and speeches events**. * * * 1 The restricted window Restricted **News**; the window runs from **5 minutes before or 5 minutes** **after** **high-impact news** . Restricted **Speeches**; the window spans from **10 minutes before the high-impact speech begins until 10** **minutes after** it concludes. Profit Deduction Profits made from trades opened or closed within the restricted window around any high-impact news and speeches on the affected currency may be deducted. 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** restricted affects USD, you cannot open or close trades on any USD-related pairs within the 5-minute before or 5-minute after window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. Trading Rule Clarification - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news or speeches:** profits will count if closed within the restricted window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news or speeches:** profits will not count if closed during the restricted window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. ## Holding Trades Over the Weekend Temporary Update: Effective 29 January 2026 - Holding trades over the weekend exposes your account to gap risk when markets reopen on Monday. Weekend holds are permitted during **evaluation phases** for all instruments on 2 Step Standard. Opening and Closing trades during the weekend is not allowed for both Evaluation and Master phase. On the **Master Account**, a temporary change is in effect: holding trades over the weekend is currently **not allowed** on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts. All open trades will be automatically closed by the system over the weekend. This will not result in an account breach; however, it will not count as a valid trading day. Profits from these trades will still be added to the account balance while the biggest winning day and biggest losing day will be included in the consistency score calculation. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycles On Demand 90% Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2% profit. How does this work? ↓ Weekly 60% 7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly 80% Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ Monthly 100% Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ On Demand90% Split Request an On Demand Reward with a **90% split** at any time once both of the following criteria are met: - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is **2% of the Master Account Size**. Weekly60% Split Request a Reward with a **60% split** seven days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How It Works - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following Wednesday - First trade on Thursday, then request the following Thursday - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday Bi-Weekly80% Split Request a Reward with an **80% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. Monthly100% Split Effective 15 August 2026 This applies to Evaluation Accounts purchased **on or after** **15 August 2026**. Request a Reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable days reset after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify for a reward, each with **0.5% or more** profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable days resets after each reward. - The **Striking System** warning trigger drops to **1% of account size**, at every account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set to Monthly. This replaces the standard 1.2% trigger that applies above $25K on the Weekly, Bi-Weekly, and On Demand cycles. Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters Understand the mechanics of your Master Account. This includes your purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5 Only This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader 5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | When you pass Phase 2 and move to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give you more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to your entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as your position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning you only need a small fraction of the trade's full value as margin. As your position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. Your margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not your entire position. So, you always benefit from the lower tiers, no matter how large your trade becomes. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of your margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. You can take as long as you need, as long as you complete at least one trade every 30 days to avoid inactivity and follow all trading rules throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once you've finished all your Phase 1 objectives, your Phase 2 account will be ready! You can find your new login details right on your dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, you need to reach the profit target with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached? Yes. If your Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due to trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with a 15% discount on Phase 1 and 10% discount on Phase 2 will appear on your dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account is breached due to trading rule or risk violations or Inactivity Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment your account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. When does the 30-day inactivity clock start? If you have not placed any trades yet, the clock starts from the day your account was created. If you have traded before, it starts the day after your last trade was fully closed. You need to complete at least one trade within any 30-day window to keep the account active. I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity? No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day window runs out. If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another trade for the risk limit? No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea limit. Each trade idea is assessed on its own losses only. Does the Risk Per Trade Idea rule apply during the evaluation phases? No. The Risk Per Trade Idea rule only applies on the Master Account, on account sizes at $25,000 and above and under 10% Profit Target only. What is a Striking System warning? A warning is recorded when a single trade idea on your Master Account reaches a combined floating loss of 1.2% of your account size. It is counted once per idea, on the first time it crosses that level. Each warning triggers a consequence based on the warning number. Will my trades be closed when a Striking System warning is recorded? No. Your trades are never force-closed by a Striking System warning. Trading on the flagged idea can continue, but any profit it makes will not count toward your reward and will be deducted when the trades close. My trade idea dipped to -1.2% but recovered and closed in profit. Is the warning still recorded? Yes. The warning is based on the heat the idea took, not the final result. Once a trade idea's combined floating loss reaches -1.2%, the warning is recorded regardless of whether it recovers. The profit from that idea is still subject to deduction. What happens to the profit from a trade idea that receives a Striking System warning? The trades in that idea are flagged. When they close, any net profit they made is deducted from your account and will not be counted toward your reward. Losing trades are not refunded. Does requesting a reward reset my Striking System warnings or restore my reward split? No. Warnings and their consequences stay on the account for its lifetime. Requesting a reward does not reset the warning counter or restore a reduced split. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? Your account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode, meaning you can see everything but can no longer place trades. Your dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when. You will also receive an email notification straight away. Additional Guidelines Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Rewards My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward. How do I fix this? For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies only on the **On Demand** and **Monthly** reward cycles. It checks that no single day made up too large a share of your total profits. If your best day accounted for more than 35% of everything you have earned, reward requests are blocked until the score comes back down. Continue trading and keep each day's profit below your best day so far. As your total profit grows, the percentage that one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring the score back within range. Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not subject to the 35% rule. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once your reward cycle is complete, it stays available until you choose to request it. You can submit the request on any working day, as long as all requirements are met and your account is in good standing. The cycle only resets after a reward is successfully processed. Trading Conditions How many lots can I open at once on crypto? You can open a max of 1 lot per click on crypto, as long as your account has enough available margin. A separate platform-wide limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments, but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto trades specifically. Profit Concentration Policy Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to? The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2 Step Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts, as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. What counts as a trade idea under this policy? A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions on the same instrument in the same direction, including any new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed together when measuring profit concentration. What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit target? If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of the profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected. What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account? A profitable day is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. You need 4 of these days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The days do not need to be consecutive. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing evaluation account? If your evaluation account was created before June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts created on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts? No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during evaluation phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected. Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation? No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation. You still pass normally. The only consequence is that your Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. ## Related articles - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414) - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kH--8274e73943326023730ddb53a021bcc93e51ee3f) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQg%3D--7a3da69bf289f70ab2f4020820bd547754d3938b) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d) - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.
SHA-256 7e074986ea2a26735ebf923a756d0068c1d4e8812f8a2e72dce66a501d254aa0
Version 139/17/2026, 4:04:33 AM
2 Step Standard Model Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard. Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice for traders who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This two-tier evaluation ensures that when you reach the Master level, you have the proven track record to stay there. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase 2 (5%). - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly 80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **News trading allowed on Master**: within the restricted window. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions Tests your trading skills and builds your trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve an **8% profit target** during Phase 1. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. 10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026 at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3). Confirms your consistency and validates your Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **5% profit target** during Phase 2. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If your account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, you can restart quickly without changing your setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase price - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase price - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase price (excluding $100K accounts) - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split** - A non-USD account resets as a USD account. - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - The **reward cycle** can be selected once the evaluation account reaches the Master Account. - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on your dashboard once your account qualifies. ## Profit Concentration Policy Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require **4 minimum profitable days** before each reward can be requested. This applies if the account has not yet reached the full profit target, in profit, or in drawdown. How does the Profit Concentration Policy work? 1 The trigger During any Evaluation phase, if a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the profit target**, the policy is triggered. This applies even if the account has not yet reached the full profit target. **Example: 2 Step Standard (8% target on a $25K** **account)** the profit target is $2,000, so 60% of the target is **$1,200**. Account in profit $26,500 If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the policy is triggered because that single trade idea contributed more than $1,200. Account in drawdown $24,900 If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the policy is also triggered, the trade idea exceeded 60% of the $1,200 profit target, even if the account balance is below its initial account size. - The policy is assessed at the phase level. Each phase is evaluated independently. Triggering the policy **does not fail the Evaluation**. It only adds an additional reward requirement once the Evaluation is passed, the Master Account is obtained, and a reward is requested. 2 The requirement When the policy is triggered, the Master Account created after passing that evaluation requires a minimum of **4** **profitable days** before each reward can be requested. - **A profitable day** is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. - The 4 profitable days do not need to be consecutive. - The profitable-day requirement applies even if the Master Account is in drawdown, as long as the required daily profit threshold is met. - Once 4 profitable days are achieved, reward requests are available as normal. Example: on a $100K Master Account (0.5% = $500) If the account is currently $98,000 in drawdown, but the day closes with $600 in net realized profit, that day qualifies as one profitable day. The account does not need to recover the drawdown before the day can count. 3 What counts as a trade idea One trade, multiple trades running together on the same instrument and in the same direction, or any new trade opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade is considered a single trade idea. All closed profits or losses from a single trade idea are counted together. Which accounts are affected This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above, created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts are not affected. - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are not subject to this policy. - If you are currently in Phase 1 and pass after June 27, 2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this policy. - If you are already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply, even after passing. - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27, 2026 is subject to this policy. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once you successfully pass both phases, you will be offered the opportunity to trade on a Master Account. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of our established rules. Committing a hard breach will result in the immediate closure of your account with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 10% Your equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 5% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Risk Per Trade Idea 3% / 2% **Applies to 10% profit target Master Accounts only.** 3% at $25K and below $50K, 2% at $50K and above. How are trade ideas grouped? ↓ Striking System 4 warnings Master Accounts above $25,000. Each warning brings a consequence, from profit deduction to account breach. **Applies to 8% profit target only.** How does this work? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Your equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across all phases, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 10% of $100K = $10K. Your equity or balance cannot drop to **$90K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit: 5%** of the higher value between your opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both your balance and your equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Your equity cannot fall by more than 5% of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 5% of $107K = $5,350. Your equity cannot drop to **$101,650** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 5% of $100K = $5K. Your equity cannot drop to **$95K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on your FundingPips dashboard. What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea? Master Accounts with 10% Profit Target (no longer offered) Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts, including merged accounts. [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea) The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on your Master Account, including both realized and unrealized losses across all related positions. - **Below $25K:** Removed - **Accounts $25k and below $50K:** 3% of Master Account Size - **$50K and above:** 2% of Master Account Size * * * 1 Single Trades Your biggest loss on any single trade must not reach the limit for your account size. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** A single trade loss of $750 or more = Breach $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** A single trade loss of $2,000 or more = Breach 2 Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions Multiple positions on the same pair active at the same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined losses (including unrealized) must not reach the limit. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** Three concurrent buys on EURUSD: - Trade 1 loss: $300 - Trade 2 loss: $200 - Trade 3 loss: $250 Combined: $750 = Breach, even if Trade 1 is still open $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD: - Trade 1 floating loss: $900 - Trade 2 floating loss: $700 - Trade 3 floating loss: $400 Combined: $2,000 = Breach, regardless of whether trades remain open 3 Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule Each new position opened in the same direction within **10 minutes** of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across all of them is assessed against the limit. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** - Trade 1: closed at **$500 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$250 loss** Combined: $750 = Breach $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$800 loss** Combined: $2,000 = Breach What counts as activity? Your account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after your last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. How does the Striking System work? Instead of a restrictive 1% guideline per trade idea, the Striking System gives more chances in a transparent way. Each time a single trade idea's combined floating loss reaches 1.2% of the account size, a warning is recorded. Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between reward cycles. **Applies to Master Accounts size above $25K, with a profit target of 8% only.** The consequences escalate with each warning: | Warning | What happens | | --- | --- | | **1st** | A warning is recorded. The profit from<br> that trade idea is deducted. No other<br> penalty at this stage. | | **2nd** | Your reward split drops by half (for<br> example, from 80% to 40%). The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. | | **3rd** | Your reward split drops to 20%. The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. | | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. | Your trades are never force-closed by a warning. Any profit from a trade idea that received a warning is deducted from the account. ## News & Speeches Trading We use the **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard** as our official news source, which features the News and Speeches. Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific restrictions depending on your account phase. Important Purposely trading news in both evaluation phase and master phase is prohibited and will lead to account closure. Evaluation Phase There are **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**. You can hold and manage trades during the news events. Master Account Soft Breach These rules do not result in account closure, but affected profits will be deducted. You can hold trades during news events on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to **trades opened** **or closed near high-impact news and speeches events**. * * * 1 The restricted window Restricted **News**; the window runs from **5 minutes before or 5 minutes** **after** **high-impact news** . Restricted **Speeches**; the window spans from **10 minutes before the high-impact speech begins until 10** **minutes after** it concludes. Profit Deduction Profits made from trades opened or closed within the restricted window around any high-impact news and speeches on the affected currency may be deducted. 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** restricted affects USD, you cannot open or close trades on any USD-related pairs within the 5-minute before or 5-minute after window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. Trading Rule Clarification - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news or speeches:** profits will count if closed within the restricted window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news or speeches:** profits will not count if closed during the restricted window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. ## Holding Trades Over the Weekend Temporary Update: Effective 29 January 2026 - Holding trades over the weekend exposes your account to gap risk when markets reopen on Monday. Weekend holds are permitted during **evaluation phases** for all instruments on 2 Step Standard. Opening and Closing trades during the weekend is not allowed for both Evaluation and Master phase. On the **Master Account**, a temporary change is in effect: holding trades over the weekend is currently **not allowed** on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts. All open trades will be automatically closed by the system over the weekend. This will not result in an account breach; however, it will not count as a valid trading day. Profits from these trades will still be added to the account balance while the biggest winning day and biggest losing day will be included in the consistency score calculation. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycles On Demand 90% Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2% profit. How does this work? ↓ Weekly 60% 7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly 80% Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ Monthly 100% Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ On Demand90% Split Request an On Demand Reward with a **90% split** at any time once both of the following criteria are met: - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is **2% of the Master Account Size**. Weekly60% Split Request a Reward with a **60% split** seven days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How It Works - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following Wednesday - First trade on Thursday, then request the following Thursday - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday Bi-Weekly80% Split Request a Reward with an **80% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. Monthly100% Split Effective 15 August 2026 This applies to Evaluation Accounts purchased **on or after** **15 August 2026**. Request a Reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable days reset after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify for a reward, each with **0.5% or more** profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable days resets after each reward. - The **Striking System** warning trigger drops to **1% of account size**, at every account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set to Monthly. This replaces the standard 1.2% trigger that applies above $25K on the Weekly, Bi-Weekly, and On Demand cycles. Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters Understand the mechanics of your Master Account. This includes your purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5 Only This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader 5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | When you pass Phase 2 and move to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give you more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to your entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as your position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning you only need a small fraction of the trade's full value as margin. As your position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. Your margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not your entire position. So, you always benefit from the lower tiers, no matter how large your trade becomes. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of your margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. You can take as long as you need, as long as you complete at least one trade every 30 days to avoid inactivity and follow all trading rules throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once you've finished all your Phase 1 objectives, your Phase 2 account will be ready! You can find your new login details right on your dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, you need to reach the profit target with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached? Yes. If your Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due to trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with a 15% discount on Phase 1 and 10% discount on Phase 2 will appear on your dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account is breached due to trading rule or risk violations or Inactivity Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment your account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. When does the 30-day inactivity clock start? If you have not placed any trades yet, the clock starts from the day your account was created. If you have traded before, it starts the day after your last trade was fully closed. You need to complete at least one trade within any 30-day window to keep the account active. I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity? No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day window runs out. If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another trade for the risk limit? No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea limit. Each trade idea is assessed on its own losses only. Does the Risk Per Trade Idea rule apply during the evaluation phases? No. The Risk Per Trade Idea rule only applies on the Master Account, on account sizes at $25,000 and above and under 10% Profit Target only. What is a Striking System warning? A warning is recorded when a single trade idea on your Master Account reaches a combined floating loss of 1.2% of your account size. It is counted once per idea, on the first time it crosses that level. Each warning triggers a consequence based on the warning number. Will my trades be closed when a Striking System warning is recorded? No. Your trades are never force-closed by a Striking System warning. Trading on the flagged idea can continue, but any profit it makes will not count toward your reward and will be deducted when the trades close. My trade idea dipped to -1.2% but recovered and closed in profit. Is the warning still recorded? Yes. The warning is based on the heat the idea took, not the final result. Once a trade idea's combined floating loss reaches -1.2%, the warning is recorded regardless of whether it recovers. The profit from that idea is still subject to deduction. What happens to the profit from a trade idea that receives a Striking System warning? The trades in that idea are flagged. When they close, any net profit they made is deducted from your account and will not be counted toward your reward. Losing trades are not refunded. Does requesting a reward reset my Striking System warnings or restore my reward split? No. Warnings and their consequences stay on the account for its lifetime. Requesting a reward does not reset the warning counter or restore a reduced split. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? Your account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode, meaning you can see everything but can no longer place trades. Your dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when. You will also receive an email notification straight away. Additional Guidelines Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Rewards My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward. How do I fix this? For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies only on the **On Demand** and **Monthly** reward cycles. It checks that no single day made up too large a share of your total profits. If your best day accounted for more than 35% of everything you have earned, reward requests are blocked until the score comes back down. Continue trading and keep each day's profit below your best day so far. As your total profit grows, the percentage that one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring the score back within range. Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not subject to the 35% rule. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once your reward cycle is complete, it stays available until you choose to request it. You can submit the request on any working day, as long as all requirements are met and your account is in good standing. The cycle only resets after a reward is successfully processed. Trading Conditions How many lots can I open at once on crypto? You can open a max of 1 lot per click on crypto, as long as your account has enough available margin. A separate platform-wide limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments, but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto trades specifically. Profit Concentration Policy Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to? The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2 Step Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts, as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. What counts as a trade idea under this policy? A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions on the same instrument in the same direction, including any new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed together when measuring profit concentration. What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit target? If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of the profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected. What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account? A profitable day is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. You need 4 of these days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The days do not need to be consecutive. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing evaluation account? If your evaluation account was created before June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts created on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts? No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during evaluation phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected. Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation? No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation. You still pass normally. The only consequence is that your Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. ## Related articles - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414) - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kH--8274e73943326023730ddb53a021bcc93e51ee3f) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQg%3D--7a3da69bf289f70ab2f4020820bd547754d3938b) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d) - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.
SHA-256 c1675855863433b0d1d661e9462e6b3fe70224a61b5c5e800f07445148af9b69
Version 129/12/2026, 4:01:14 AM
2 Step Standard Model Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard. Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice for traders who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This two-tier evaluation ensures that when you reach the Master level, you have the proven track record to stay there. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase 2 (5%). - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly 80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **News trading allowed on Master**: with a 10-minute window restriction. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions Tests your trading skills and builds your trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve an **8% profit target** during Phase 1. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. 10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026 at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3). Confirms your consistency and validates your Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **5% profit target** during Phase 2. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If your account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, you can restart quickly without changing your setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase price - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase price - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase price (excluding $100K accounts) - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split** - A non-USD account resets as a USD account. - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - The **reward cycle** can be selected once the evaluation account reaches the Master Account. - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on your dashboard once your account qualifies. ## Profit Concentration Policy Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require **4 minimum profitable days** before each reward can be requested. This applies if the account has not yet reached the full profit target, in profit, or in drawdown. How does the Profit Concentration Policy work? 1 The trigger During any Evaluation phase, if a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the phase's profit target**, the policy is triggered. This applies even if the account has not yet reached the full profit target. **Example: 2 Step Standard (8% target on a $25K** **account)** the profit target is $2,000, so 60% of the target is **$1,200**. Account in profit $26,500 If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the policy is triggered because that single trade idea contributed more than $1,200. Account in drawdown $24,900 If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the policy is also triggered, the trade idea exceeded 60% of the $2,000 profit target, even though the account is still below the profit target. - The policy is assessed at the phase level. Each phase is evaluated independently. Triggering the policy **does not fail the Evaluation**. It only adds an additional reward requirement once the Evaluation is passed, the Master Account is obtained, and a reward is requested. 2 The requirement When the policy is triggered, the Master Account created after passing that evaluation requires a minimum of **4** **profitable days** before each reward can be requested. - **A profitable day** is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. - The 4 profitable days do not need to be consecutive. - The profitable-day requirement applies even if the Master Account is in drawdown, as long as the required daily profit threshold is met. - Once 4 profitable days are achieved, reward requests are available as normal. Example: on a $100K Master Account (0.5% = $500) If the account is currently $98,000 in drawdown, but the day closes with $600 in net realized profit, that day qualifies as one profitable day. The account does not need to recover the drawdown before the day can count. 3 What counts as a trade idea One trade, multiple trades running together on the same instrument and in the same direction, or any new trade opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade is considered a single trade idea. All closed profits or losses from a single trade idea are counted together. Which accounts are affected This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above, created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts are not affected. - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are not subject to this policy. - If you are currently in Phase 1 and pass after June 27, 2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this policy. - If you are already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply, even after passing. - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27, 2026 is subject to this policy. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once you successfully pass both phases, you will be offered the opportunity to trade on a Master Account. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of our established rules. Committing a hard breach will result in the immediate closure of your account with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 10% Your equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 5% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Risk Per Trade Idea 3% / 2% **Applies to 10% profit target Master Accounts only.** 3% at $25K and below $50K, 2% at $50K and above. How are trade ideas grouped? ↓ Striking System 4 warnings Master Accounts above $25,000. Each warning brings a consequence, from profit deduction to account breach. **Applies to 8% profit target only.** How does this work? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Your equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across all phases, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 10% of $100K = $10K. Your equity or balance cannot drop to **$90K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit: 5%** of the higher value between your opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both your balance and your equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Your equity cannot fall by more than 5% of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 5% of $107K = $5,350. Your equity cannot drop to **$101,650** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 5% of $100K = $5K. Your equity cannot drop to **$95K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on your FundingPips dashboard. What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea? Master Accounts with 10% Profit Target (no longer offered) Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts, including merged accounts. [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea) The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on your Master Account, including both realized and unrealized losses across all related positions. - **Below $25K:** Removed - **Accounts $25k and below $50K:** 3% of Master Account Size - **$50K and above:** 2% of Master Account Size * * * 1 Single Trades Your biggest loss on any single trade must not reach the limit for your account size. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** A single trade loss of $750 or more = Breach $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** A single trade loss of $2,000 or more = Breach 2 Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions Multiple positions on the same pair active at the same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined losses (including unrealized) must not reach the limit. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** Three concurrent buys on EURUSD: - Trade 1 loss: $300 - Trade 2 loss: $200 - Trade 3 loss: $250 Combined: $750 = Breach, even if Trade 1 is still open $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD: - Trade 1 floating loss: $900 - Trade 2 floating loss: $700 - Trade 3 floating loss: $400 Combined: $2,000 = Breach, regardless of whether trades remain open 3 Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule Each new position opened in the same direction within **10 minutes** of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across all of them is assessed against the limit. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** - Trade 1: closed at **$500 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$250 loss** Combined: $750 = Breach $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$800 loss** Combined: $2,000 = Breach What counts as activity? Your account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after your last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. How does the Striking System work? Instead of a restrictive 1% guideline per trade idea, the Striking System gives more chances in a transparent way. Each time a single trade idea's combined floating loss reaches 1.2% of the account size, a warning is recorded. Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between reward cycles. **Applies to Master Accounts size above $25K, with a profit target of 8% only.** The consequences escalate with each warning: | Warning | What happens | | --- | --- | | **1st** | A warning is recorded. The profit from<br> that trade idea is deducted. No other<br> penalty at this stage. | | **2nd** | Your reward split drops by half (for<br> example, from 80% to 40%). The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. | | **3rd** | Your reward split drops to 20%. The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. | | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. | Your trades are never force-closed by a warning. Any profit from a trade idea that received a warning is deducted from the account. ## News & Speeches Trading We use the **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard** as our official news source, which features the News and Speeches. Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific restrictions depending on your account phase. Important Purposely trading news in both evaluation phase and master phase is prohibited and will lead to account closure. Evaluation Phase There are **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**. You can hold and manage trades during the news events. Master Account Soft Breach These rules do not result in account closure, but affected profits will be deducted. You can hold trades during news events on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to **trades opened** **or closed near high-impact news and speeches events**. * * * 1 The restricted window Restricted **News**; the window runs from **5 minutes before or 5 minutes** **after** **high-impact news** . Restricted **Speeches**; the window spans from **10 minutes before the high-impact speech begins until 10** **minutes after** it concludes. Profit Deduction Profits made from trades opened or closed within the restricted window around any high-impact news and speeches on the affected currency may be deducted. 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** if news affects USD, you cannot open or close trades on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. Trading Rule Clarification - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news or speeches:** profits will count if closed within the 10-minute window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news or speeches:** profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. ## Holding Trades Over the Weekend Temporary Update: Effective 29 January 2026 - Holding trades over the weekend exposes your account to gap risk when markets reopen on Monday. Weekend holds are permitted during **evaluation phases** for all instruments on 1 Step Flex, 2 Step Standard, 2 Step Flex, and 2 Step Pro accounts. On the **Master Account**, a temporary change is in effect: holding trades over the weekend is currently **not allowed** on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts. Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system over the weekend. This will not result in an account breach. Profits from trades held over the weekend and automatically closed by the system will be added to the account balance. The biggest winning day and biggest losing day will be counted as the basis for calculating the consistency score. However, these profits will not count as a valid trading day. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycles On Demand 90% Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2% profit. How does this work? ↓ Weekly 60% 7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly 80% Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ Monthly 100% Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ On Demand90% Split Request an On Demand Reward with a **90% split** at any time once both of the following criteria are met: - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is **2% of the Master Account Size**. Weekly60% Split Request a Reward with a **60% split** seven days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How It Works - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following Wednesday - First trade on Thursday, then request the following Thursday - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday Bi-Weekly80% Split Request a Reward with an **80% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. Monthly100% Split Effective 15 August 2026 This applies to Evaluation Accounts purchased **on or after** **15 August 2026**. Request a Reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable days reset after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify for a reward, each with **0.5% or more** profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable days resets after each reward. - The **Striking System** warning trigger drops to **1% of account size**, at every account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set to Monthly. This replaces the standard 1.2% trigger that applies above $25K on the Weekly, Bi-Weekly, and On Demand cycles. Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters Understand the mechanics of your Master Account. This includes your purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Weekend holds are currently **not allowed**. Close all trades before Friday market close. Any open trades will be closed by the system; this is not a hard breach. - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5 Only This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader 5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | When you pass Phase 2 and move to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information Temporary Change Active A temporary change to weekend holding and leverage has been implemented on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts and will remain in effect until further notice. Holding trades during the weekend is not allowed for all Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before the market closes on Friday. Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system. This is not a hard breach. We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give you more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to your entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as your position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning you only need a small fraction of the trade's full value as margin. As your position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. Your margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not your entire position. So, you always benefit from the lower tiers, no matter how large your trade becomes. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of your margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. You can take as long as you need, as long as you complete at least one trade every 30 days to avoid inactivity and follow all trading rules throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once you've finished all your Phase 1 objectives, your Phase 2 account will be ready! You can find your new login details right on your dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, you need to reach the profit target with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached? Yes. If your Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due to trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with a 15% discount on Phase 1 and 10% discount on Phase 2 will appear on your dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account is breached due to trading rule or risk violations or Inactivity Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment your account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. When does the 30-day inactivity clock start? If you have not placed any trades yet, the clock starts from the day your account was created. If you have traded before, it starts the day after your last trade was fully closed. You need to complete at least one trade within any 30-day window to keep the account active. I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity? No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day window runs out. If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another trade for the risk limit? No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea limit. Each trade idea is assessed on its own losses only. Does the Risk Per Trade Idea rule apply during the evaluation phases? No. The Risk Per Trade Idea rule only applies on the Master Account, on account sizes at $25,000 and above and under 10% Profit Target only. What is a Striking System warning? A warning is recorded when a single trade idea on your Master Account reaches a combined floating loss of 1.2% of your account size. It is counted once per idea, on the first time it crosses that level. Each warning triggers a consequence based on the warning number. Will my trades be closed when a Striking System warning is recorded? No. Your trades are never force-closed by a Striking System warning. Trading on the flagged idea can continue, but any profit it makes will not count toward your reward and will be deducted when the trades close. My trade idea dipped to -1.2% but recovered and closed in profit. Is the warning still recorded? Yes. The warning is based on the heat the idea took, not the final result. Once a trade idea's combined floating loss reaches -1.2%, the warning is recorded regardless of whether it recovers. The profit from that idea is still subject to deduction. What happens to the profit from a trade idea that receives a Striking System warning? The trades in that idea are flagged. When they close, any net profit they made is deducted from your account and will not be counted toward your reward. Losing trades are not refunded. Does requesting a reward reset my Striking System warnings or restore my reward split? No. Warnings and their consequences stay on the account for its lifetime. Requesting a reward does not reset the warning counter or restore a reduced split. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? Your account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode, meaning you can see everything but can no longer place trades. Your dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when. You will also receive an email notification straight away. Additional Guidelines Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Rewards My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward. How do I fix this? For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies only on the **On Demand** and **Monthly** reward cycles. It checks that no single day made up too large a share of your total profits. If your best day accounted for more than 35% of everything you have earned, reward requests are blocked until the score comes back down. Continue trading and keep each day's profit below your best day so far. As your total profit grows, the percentage that one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring the score back within range. Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not subject to the 35% rule. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once your reward cycle is complete, it stays available until you choose to request it. You can submit the request on any working day, as long as all requirements are met and your account is in good standing. The cycle only resets after a reward is successfully processed. Trading Conditions How many lots can I open at once on crypto? You can open a max of 1 lot per click on crypto, as long as your account has enough available margin. A separate platform-wide limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments, but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto trades specifically. Profit Concentration Policy Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to? The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2 Step Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts, as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. What counts as a trade idea under this policy? A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions on the same instrument in the same direction, including any new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed together when measuring profit concentration. What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit target? If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of the profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected. What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account? A profitable day is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. You need 4 of these days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The days do not need to be consecutive. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing evaluation account? If your evaluation account was created before June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts created on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts? No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during evaluation phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected. Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation? No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation. You still pass normally. The only consequence is that your Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. ## Related articles - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414) - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kH--8274e73943326023730ddb53a021bcc93e51ee3f) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQg%3D--7a3da69bf289f70ab2f4020820bd547754d3938b) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d) - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.
SHA-256 cac6179891193573e6cbf3dad4a9fcdab5b52e20319e6d6df35d1eeece5c42bf
Version 119/11/2026, 4:01:14 AM
2 Step Standard Model Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard. Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice for traders who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This two-tier evaluation ensures that when you reach the Master level, you have the proven track record to stay there. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase 2 (5%). - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly 80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **News trading allowed on Master**: with a 10-minute window restriction. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions Tests your trading skills and builds your trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve an **8% profit target** during Phase 1. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. 10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026 at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3). Confirms your consistency and validates your Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **5% profit target** during Phase 2. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If your account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, you can restart quickly without changing your setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase price - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase price - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase price (excluding $100K accounts) - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split** - A non-USD account resets as a USD account. - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - The **reward cycle** can be selected once the evaluation account reaches the Master Account. - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on your dashboard once your account qualifies. ## Profit Concentration Policy Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require **4 minimum profitable days** before each reward can be requested. This applies if the account has not yet reached the full profit target, in profit, or in drawdown. How does the Profit Concentration Policy work? 1 The trigger During any Evaluation phase, if a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the phase's profit target**, the policy is triggered. This applies even if the account has not yet reached the full profit target. **Example: 2 Step Standard (8% target on a $25K** **account)** the profit target is $2,000, so 60% of the target is **$1,200**. Account in profit $26,500 If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the policy is triggered because that single trade idea contributed more than $1,200. Account in drawdown $24,900 If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the policy is also triggered, the trade idea exceeded 60% of the $2,000 profit target, even though the account is still below the profit target. - The policy is assessed at the phase level. Each phase is evaluated independently. Triggering the policy **does not fail the Evaluation**. It only adds an additional reward requirement once the Evaluation is passed, the Master Account is obtained, and a reward is requested. 2 The requirement When the policy is triggered, the Master Account created after passing that evaluation requires a minimum of **4** **profitable days** before each reward can be requested. - **A profitable day** is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. - The 4 profitable days do not need to be consecutive. - The profitable-day requirement applies even if the Master Account is in drawdown, as long as the required daily profit threshold is met. - Once 4 profitable days are achieved, reward requests are available as normal. Example: on a $100K Master Account (0.5% = $500) If the account is currently $98,000 in drawdown, but the day closes with $600 in net realized profit, that day qualifies as one profitable day. The account does not need to recover the drawdown before the day can count. 3 What counts as a trade idea One trade, multiple trades running together on the same instrument and in the same direction, or any new trade opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade is considered a single trade idea. All closed profits or losses from a single trade idea are counted together. Which accounts are affected This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above, created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts are not affected. - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are not subject to this policy. - If you are currently in Phase 1 and pass after June 27, 2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this policy. - If you are already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply, even after passing. - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27, 2026 is subject to this policy. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once you successfully pass both phases, you will be offered the opportunity to trade on a Master Account. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of our established rules. Committing a hard breach will result in the immediate closure of your account with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 10% Your equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 5% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Risk Per Trade Idea 3% / 2% **Applies to 10% profit target Master Accounts only.** 3% at $25K and below $50K, 2% at $50K and above. How are trade ideas grouped? ↓ Striking System 4 warnings Master Accounts above $25,000. Each warning brings a consequence, from profit deduction to account breach. **Applies to 8% profit target only.** How does this work? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Your equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across all phases, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 10% of $100K = $10K. Your equity or balance cannot drop to **$90K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit: 5%** of the higher value between your opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both your balance and your equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Your equity cannot fall by more than 5% of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 5% of $107K = $5,350. Your equity cannot drop to **$101,650** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 5% of $100K = $5K. Your equity cannot drop to **$95K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on your FundingPips dashboard. What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea? Master Accounts with 10% Profit Target (no longer offered) Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts, including merged accounts. [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea) The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on your Master Account, including both realized and unrealized losses across all related positions. - **Below $25K:** Removed - **Accounts $25k and below $50K:** 3% of Master Account Size - **$50K and above:** 2% of Master Account Size * * * 1 Single Trades Your biggest loss on any single trade must not reach the limit for your account size. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** A single trade loss of $750 or more = Breach $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** A single trade loss of $2,000 or more = Breach 2 Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions Multiple positions on the same pair active at the same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined losses (including unrealized) must not reach the limit. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** Three concurrent buys on EURUSD: - Trade 1 loss: $300 - Trade 2 loss: $200 - Trade 3 loss: $250 Combined: $750 = Breach, even if Trade 1 is still open $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD: - Trade 1 floating loss: $900 - Trade 2 floating loss: $700 - Trade 3 floating loss: $400 Combined: $2,000 = Breach, regardless of whether trades remain open 3 Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule Each new position opened in the same direction within **10 minutes** of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across all of them is assessed against the limit. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** - Trade 1: closed at **$500 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$250 loss** Combined: $750 = Breach $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$800 loss** Combined: $2,000 = Breach What counts as activity? Your account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after your last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. How does the Striking System work? Instead of a restrictive 1% guideline per trade idea, the Striking System gives more chances in a transparent way. Each time a single trade idea's combined floating loss reaches 1.2% of the account size, a warning is recorded. Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between reward cycles. **Applies to Master Accounts size above $25K, with a profit target of 8% only.** The consequences escalate with each warning: | Warning | What happens | | --- | --- | | **1st** | A warning is recorded. The profit from<br> that trade idea is deducted. No other<br> penalty at this stage. | | **2nd** | Your reward split drops by half (for<br> example, from 80% to 40%). The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. | | **3rd** | Your reward split drops to 20%. The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. | | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. | Your trades are never force-closed by a warning. Any profit from a trade idea that received a warning is deducted from the account. ## News & Speeches Trading We use the **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard** as our official news source, which features the News and Speeches. Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific restrictions depending on your account phase. Important Purposely trading news in both evaluation phase and master phase is prohibited and will lead to account closure. Evaluation Phase There are **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**. You can hold and manage trades during the news events. Master Account Soft Breach These rules do not result in account closure, but affected profits will be deducted. You can hold trades during news events on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to trades opened or closed near high-impact news and speeches events. * * * 1 The restricted window Restricted **News**; you cannot open or close positions within **5 minutes before or 5 minutes** **after** **high-impact news** on the affected currencies. Restricted **Speeches**; the window spans from **10 minutes before the high-impact speech begins until 10** **minutes after** it concludes. Profit Deduction Profits made from trades opened, closed, or held within the restricted window around any high-impact news and speeches on the affected currency may be deducted. 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** if news affects USD, you cannot open or close trades on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. Trading Rule Clarification - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news or speeches:** profits will count if closed within the 10-minute window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news or speeches:** profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. ## Holding Trades Over the Weekend Temporary Update: Effective 29 January 2026 - Holding trades over the weekend exposes your account to gap risk when markets reopen on Monday. Weekend holds are permitted during **evaluation phases** for all instruments on 1 Step Flex, 2 Step Standard, 2 Step Flex, and 2 Step Pro accounts. On the **Master Account**, a temporary change is in effect: holding trades over the weekend is currently **not allowed** on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts. Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system over the weekend. This will not result in an account breach. Profits from trades held over the weekend and automatically closed by the system will be added to the account balance. The biggest winning day and biggest losing day will be counted as the basis for calculating the consistency score. However, these profits will not count as a valid trading day. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycles On Demand 90% Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2% profit. How does this work? ↓ Weekly 60% 7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly 80% Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ Monthly 100% Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ On Demand90% Split Request an On Demand Reward with a **90% split** at any time once both of the following criteria are met: - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is **2% of the Master Account Size**. Weekly60% Split Request a Reward with a **60% split** seven days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How It Works - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following Wednesday - First trade on Thursday, then request the following Thursday - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday Bi-Weekly80% Split Request a Reward with an **80% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. Monthly100% Split Effective 15 August 2026 This applies to Evaluation Accounts purchased **on or after** **15 August 2026**. Request a Reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable days reset after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify for a reward, each with **0.5% or more** profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable days resets after each reward. - The **Striking System** warning trigger drops to **1% of account size**, at every account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set to Monthly. This replaces the standard 1.2% trigger that applies above $25K on the Weekly, Bi-Weekly, and On Demand cycles. Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters Understand the mechanics of your Master Account. This includes your purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Weekend holds are currently **not allowed**. Close all trades before Friday market close. Any open trades will be closed by the system; this is not a hard breach. - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5 Only This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader 5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | When you pass Phase 2 and move to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information Temporary Change Active A temporary change to weekend holding and leverage has been implemented on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts and will remain in effect until further notice. Holding trades during the weekend is not allowed for all Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before the market closes on Friday. Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system. This is not a hard breach. We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give you more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to your entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as your position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning you only need a small fraction of the trade's full value as margin. As your position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. Your margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not your entire position. So, you always benefit from the lower tiers, no matter how large your trade becomes. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of your margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. You can take as long as you need, as long as you complete at least one trade every 30 days to avoid inactivity and follow all trading rules throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once you've finished all your Phase 1 objectives, your Phase 2 account will be ready! You can find your new login details right on your dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, you need to reach the profit target with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached? Yes. If your Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due to trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with a 15% discount on Phase 1 and 10% discount on Phase 2 will appear on your dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account is breached due to trading rule or risk violations or Inactivity Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment your account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. When does the 30-day inactivity clock start? If you have not placed any trades yet, the clock starts from the day your account was created. If you have traded before, it starts the day after your last trade was fully closed. You need to complete at least one trade within any 30-day window to keep the account active. I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity? No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day window runs out. If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another trade for the risk limit? No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea limit. Each trade idea is assessed on its own losses only. Does the Risk Per Trade Idea rule apply during the evaluation phases? No. The Risk Per Trade Idea rule only applies on the Master Account, on account sizes at $25,000 and above and under 10% Profit Target only. What is a Striking System warning? A warning is recorded when a single trade idea on your Master Account reaches a combined floating loss of 1.2% of your account size. It is counted once per idea, on the first time it crosses that level. Each warning triggers a consequence based on the warning number. Will my trades be closed when a Striking System warning is recorded? No. Your trades are never force-closed by a Striking System warning. Trading on the flagged idea can continue, but any profit it makes will not count toward your reward and will be deducted when the trades close. My trade idea dipped to -1.2% but recovered and closed in profit. Is the warning still recorded? Yes. The warning is based on the heat the idea took, not the final result. Once a trade idea's combined floating loss reaches -1.2%, the warning is recorded regardless of whether it recovers. The profit from that idea is still subject to deduction. What happens to the profit from a trade idea that receives a Striking System warning? The trades in that idea are flagged. When they close, any net profit they made is deducted from your account and will not be counted toward your reward. Losing trades are not refunded. Does requesting a reward reset my Striking System warnings or restore my reward split? No. Warnings and their consequences stay on the account for its lifetime. Requesting a reward does not reset the warning counter or restore a reduced split. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? Your account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode, meaning you can see everything but can no longer place trades. Your dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when. You will also receive an email notification straight away. Additional Guidelines Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Rewards My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward. How do I fix this? For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies only on the **On Demand** and **Monthly** reward cycles. It checks that no single day made up too large a share of your total profits. If your best day accounted for more than 35% of everything you have earned, reward requests are blocked until the score comes back down. Continue trading and keep each day's profit below your best day so far. As your total profit grows, the percentage that one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring the score back within range. Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not subject to the 35% rule. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once your reward cycle is complete, it stays available until you choose to request it. You can submit the request on any working day, as long as all requirements are met and your account is in good standing. The cycle only resets after a reward is successfully processed. Trading Conditions How many lots can I open at once on crypto? You can open a max of 1 lot per click on crypto, as long as your account has enough available margin. A separate platform-wide limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments, but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto trades specifically. Profit Concentration Policy Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to? The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2 Step Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts, as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. What counts as a trade idea under this policy? A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions on the same instrument in the same direction, including any new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed together when measuring profit concentration. What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit target? If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of the profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected. What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account? A profitable day is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. You need 4 of these days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The days do not need to be consecutive. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing evaluation account? If your evaluation account was created before June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts created on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts? No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during evaluation phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected. Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation? No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation. You still pass normally. The only consequence is that your Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. ## Related articles - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414) - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kH--8274e73943326023730ddb53a021bcc93e51ee3f) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQg%3D--7a3da69bf289f70ab2f4020820bd547754d3938b) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d) - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.
SHA-256 88939a1ae55b1cedef0354556adccef8a1cf59d17bb9e6a0ff93768f00d8f3e4
Version 109/10/2026, 4:01:36 AM
2 Step Standard Model Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard. Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice for traders who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This two-tier evaluation ensures that when you reach the Master level, you have the proven track record to stay there. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase 2 (5%). - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly 80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **News trading allowed on Master**: with a 10-minute window restriction. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions Tests your trading skills and builds your trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve an **8% profit target** during Phase 1. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. 10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026 at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3). Confirms your consistency and validates your Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **5% profit target** during Phase 2. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If your account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, you can restart quickly without changing your setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase price - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase price - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase price (excluding $100K accounts) - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split** - A non-USD account resets as a USD account. - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - The **reward cycle** can be selected once the evaluation account reaches the Master Account. - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on your dashboard once your account qualifies. ## Profit Concentration Policy Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require **4 minimum profitable days** before each reward can be requested. This applies if the account has not yet reached the full profit target, in profit, or in drawdown. How does the Profit Concentration Policy work? 1 The trigger During any Evaluation phase, if a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the phase's profit target**, the policy is triggered. This applies even if the account has not yet reached the full profit target. **Example: 2 Step Standard (8% target on a $25K** **account)** the profit target is $2,000, so 60% of the target is **$1,200**. Account in profit $26,500 If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the policy is triggered because that single trade idea contributed more than $1,200. Account in drawdown $24,900 If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the policy is also triggered, the trade idea exceeded 60% of the $2,000 profit target, even though the account is still below the profit target. - The policy is assessed at the phase level. Each phase is evaluated independently. Triggering the policy **does not fail the Evaluation**. It only adds an additional reward requirement once the Evaluation is passed, the Master Account is obtained, and a reward is requested. 2 The requirement When the policy is triggered, the Master Account created after passing that evaluation requires a minimum of **4** **profitable days** before each reward can be requested. - **A profitable day** is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. - The 4 profitable days do not need to be consecutive. - The profitable-day requirement applies even if the Master Account is in drawdown, as long as the required daily profit threshold is met. - Once 4 profitable days are achieved, reward requests are available as normal. Example: on a $100K Master Account (0.5% = $500) If the account is currently $98,000 in drawdown, but the day closes with $600 in net realized profit, that day qualifies as one profitable day. The account does not need to recover the drawdown before the day can count. 3 What counts as a trade idea One trade, multiple trades running together on the same instrument and in the same direction, or any new trade opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade is considered a single trade idea. All closed profits or losses from a single trade idea are counted together. Which accounts are affected This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above, created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts are not affected. - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are not subject to this policy. - If you are currently in Phase 1 and pass after June 27, 2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this policy. - If you are already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply, even after passing. - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27, 2026 is subject to this policy. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once you successfully pass both phases, you will be offered the opportunity to trade on a Master Account. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of our established rules. Committing a hard breach will result in the immediate closure of your account with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 10% Your equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 5% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Risk Per Trade Idea 3% / 2% **Applies to 10% profit target Master Accounts only.** 3% at $25K and below $50K, 2% at $50K and above. How are trade ideas grouped? ↓ Striking System 4 warnings Master Accounts above $25,000. Each warning brings a consequence, from profit deduction to account breach. **Applies to 8% profit target only.** How does this work? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Your equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across all phases, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 10% of $100K = $10K. Your equity or balance cannot drop to **$90K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit: 5%** of the higher value between your opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both your balance and your equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Your equity cannot fall by more than 5% of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 5% of $107K = $5,350. Your equity cannot drop to **$101,650** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 5% of $100K = $5K. Your equity cannot drop to **$95K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on your FundingPips dashboard. What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea? Master Accounts with 10% Profit Target (no longer offered) Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts, including merged accounts. [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea) The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on your Master Account, including both realized and unrealized losses across all related positions. - **Below $25K:** Removed - **Accounts $25k and below $50K:** 3% of Master Account Size - **$50K and above:** 2% of Master Account Size * * * 1 Single Trades Your biggest loss on any single trade must not reach the limit for your account size. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** A single trade loss of $750 or more = Breach $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** A single trade loss of $2,000 or more = Breach 2 Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions Multiple positions on the same pair active at the same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined losses (including unrealized) must not reach the limit. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** Three concurrent buys on EURUSD: - Trade 1 loss: $300 - Trade 2 loss: $200 - Trade 3 loss: $250 Combined: $750 = Breach, even if Trade 1 is still open $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD: - Trade 1 floating loss: $900 - Trade 2 floating loss: $700 - Trade 3 floating loss: $400 Combined: $2,000 = Breach, regardless of whether trades remain open 3 Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule Each new position opened in the same direction within **10 minutes** of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across all of them is assessed against the limit. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** - Trade 1: closed at **$500 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$250 loss** Combined: $750 = Breach $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$800 loss** Combined: $2,000 = Breach What counts as activity? Your account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after your last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. How does the Striking System work? Instead of a restrictive 1% guideline per trade idea, the Striking System gives more chances in a transparent way. Each time a single trade idea's combined floating loss reaches 1.2% of the account size, a warning is recorded. Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between reward cycles. **Applies to Master Accounts size above $25K, with a profit target of 8% only.** The consequences escalate with each warning: | Warning | What happens | | --- | --- | | **1st** | A warning is recorded. The profit from<br> that trade idea is deducted. No other<br> penalty at this stage. | | **2nd** | Your reward split drops by half (for<br> example, from 80% to 40%). The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. | | **3rd** | Your reward split drops to 20%. The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. | | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. | Your trades are never force-closed by a warning. Any profit from a trade idea that received a warning is deducted from the account. ## News Trading & Weekend Holds We use the **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard** as our official news source, which features the News and Speeches. Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific restrictions depending on your account phase. Important Purposely trading news in both evaluation phase and master phase is prohibited and will lead to account closure. Evaluation Phase There are **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**. You can hold and manage trades during the news events. Weekend holds are permitted during evaluation phases with no restrictions. Master Account Soft Breach These rules do not result in account closure, but affected profits will be deducted. Weekend Holds: Temporarily Not Allowed A temporary change is in effect: holding trades over the weekend is currently **not allowed** on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before market close on Friday. Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system; this is not a hard breach. You can hold trades during news events on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to trades opened or closed near high-impact news and speeches events. * * * 1 The restricted window Restricted **News**; you cannot open or close positions within **5 minutes before or 5 minutes** **after** **high-impact news** on the affected currencies. Restricted **Speeches**; the window spans from **10 minutes before the high-impact speech begins until 10** **minutes after** it concludes. Profit Deduction Profits made from trades opened, closed, or held within the restricted window around any high-impact news and speeches on the affected currency may be deducted. 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** if news affects USD, you cannot open or close trades on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. Trading Rule Clarification - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news:** profits will count if closed within the 10-minute window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news:** profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycles On Demand 90% Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2% profit. How does this work? ↓ Weekly 60% 7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly 80% Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ Monthly 100% Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ On Demand90% Split Request an On Demand Reward with a **90% split** at any time once both of the following criteria are met: - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is **2% of the Master Account Size**. Weekly60% Split Request a Reward with a **60% split** seven days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How It Works - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following Wednesday - First trade on Thursday, then request the following Thursday - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday Bi-Weekly80% Split Request a Reward with an **80% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. Monthly100% Split Effective 15 August 2026 This applies to Evaluation Accounts purchased **on or after** **15 August 2026**. Request a Reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable days reset after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify for a reward, each with **0.5% or more** profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable days resets after each reward. - The **Striking System** warning trigger drops to **1% of account size**, at every account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set to Monthly. This replaces the standard 1.2% trigger that applies above $25K on the Weekly, Bi-Weekly, and On Demand cycles. Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters Understand the mechanics of your Master Account. This includes your purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Weekend holds are currently **not allowed**. Close all trades before Friday market close. Any open trades will be closed by the system; this is not a hard breach. - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5 Only This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader 5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | When you pass Phase 2 and move to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information Temporary Change Active A temporary change to weekend holding and leverage has been implemented on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts and will remain in effect until further notice. Holding trades during the weekend is not allowed for all Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before the market closes on Friday. Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system. This is not a hard breach. We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give you more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to your entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as your position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning you only need a small fraction of the trade's full value as margin. As your position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. Your margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not your entire position. So, you always benefit from the lower tiers, no matter how large your trade becomes. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of your margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. You can take as long as you need, as long as you complete at least one trade every 30 days to avoid inactivity and follow all trading rules throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once you've finished all your Phase 1 objectives, your Phase 2 account will be ready! You can find your new login details right on your dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, you need to reach the profit target with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached? Yes. If your Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due to trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with a 15% discount on Phase 1 and 10% discount on Phase 2 will appear on your dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account is breached due to trading rule or risk violations or Inactivity Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment your account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. When does the 30-day inactivity clock start? If you have not placed any trades yet, the clock starts from the day your account was created. If you have traded before, it starts the day after your last trade was fully closed. You need to complete at least one trade within any 30-day window to keep the account active. I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity? No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day window runs out. If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another trade for the risk limit? No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea limit. Each trade idea is assessed on its own losses only. Does the Risk Per Trade Idea rule apply during the evaluation phases? No. The Risk Per Trade Idea rule only applies on the Master Account, on account sizes at $25,000 and above and under 10% Profit Target only. What is a Striking System warning? A warning is recorded when a single trade idea on your Master Account reaches a combined floating loss of 1.2% of your account size. It is counted once per idea, on the first time it crosses that level. Each warning triggers a consequence based on the warning number. Will my trades be closed when a Striking System warning is recorded? No. Your trades are never force-closed by a Striking System warning. Trading on the flagged idea can continue, but any profit it makes will not count toward your reward and will be deducted when the trades close. My trade idea dipped to -1.2% but recovered and closed in profit. Is the warning still recorded? Yes. The warning is based on the heat the idea took, not the final result. Once a trade idea's combined floating loss reaches -1.2%, the warning is recorded regardless of whether it recovers. The profit from that idea is still subject to deduction. What happens to the profit from a trade idea that receives a Striking System warning? The trades in that idea are flagged. When they close, any net profit they made is deducted from your account and will not be counted toward your reward. Losing trades are not refunded. Does requesting a reward reset my Striking System warnings or restore my reward split? No. Warnings and their consequences stay on the account for its lifetime. Requesting a reward does not reset the warning counter or restore a reduced split. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? Your account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode, meaning you can see everything but can no longer place trades. Your dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when. You will also receive an email notification straight away. Additional Guidelines Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Rewards My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward. How do I fix this? For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies only on the **On Demand** and **Monthly** reward cycles. It checks that no single day made up too large a share of your total profits. If your best day accounted for more than 35% of everything you have earned, reward requests are blocked until the score comes back down. Continue trading and keep each day's profit below your best day so far. As your total profit grows, the percentage that one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring the score back within range. Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not subject to the 35% rule. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once your reward cycle is complete, it stays available until you choose to request it. You can submit the request on any working day, as long as all requirements are met and your account is in good standing. The cycle only resets after a reward is successfully processed. Trading Conditions How many lots can I open at once on crypto? You can open a max of 1 lot per click on crypto, as long as your account has enough available margin. A separate platform-wide limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments, but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto trades specifically. Profit Concentration Policy Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to? The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2 Step Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts, as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. What counts as a trade idea under this policy? A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions on the same instrument in the same direction, including any new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed together when measuring profit concentration. What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit target? If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of the profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected. What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account? A profitable day is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. You need 4 of these days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The days do not need to be consecutive. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing evaluation account? If your evaluation account was created before June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts created on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts? No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during evaluation phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected. Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation? No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation. You still pass normally. The only consequence is that your Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. ## Related articles - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414) - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kH--8274e73943326023730ddb53a021bcc93e51ee3f) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQg%3D--7a3da69bf289f70ab2f4020820bd547754d3938b) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d) - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.
SHA-256 cbbea9775383dc04e0ff0e200d003abcd4fe9aa95057e25f17c8f0648acad32f
Version 99/1/2026, 4:11:40 AM
2 Step Standard Model Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard. Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice for traders who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This two-tier evaluation ensures that when you reach the Master level, you have the proven track record to stay there. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase 2 (5%). - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly 80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **News trading allowed on Master**: with a 10-minute window restriction. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions Tests your trading skills and builds your trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve an **8% profit target** during Phase 1. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. 10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026 at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3). Confirms your consistency and validates your Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **5% profit target** during Phase 2. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If your account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, you can restart quickly without changing your setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase price - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase price - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase price (excluding $100K accounts) - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split** - A non-USD account resets as a USD account. - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - The **reward cycle** can be selected once the evaluation account reaches the Master Account. - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on your dashboard once your account qualifies. ## Profit Concentration Policy Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require **4 minimum profitable days** before each reward can be requested. This applies if the account has not yet reached the full profit target, in profit, or in drawdown. How does the Profit Concentration Policy work? 1 The trigger During any Evaluation phase, if a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the phase's profit target**, the policy is triggered. This applies even if the account has not yet reached the full profit target. **Example: 2 Step Standard (8% target on a $25K** **account)** the profit target is $2,000, so 60% of the target is **$1,200**. Account in profit $26,500 If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the policy is triggered because that single trade idea contributed more than $1,200. Account in drawdown $24,900 If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the policy is also triggered, the trade idea exceeded 60% of the $2,000 profit target, even though the account is still below the profit target. - The policy is assessed at the phase level. Each phase is evaluated independently. Triggering the policy **does not fail the Evaluation**. It only adds an additional reward requirement once the Evaluation is passed, the Master Account is obtained, and a reward is requested. 2 The requirement When the policy is triggered, the Master Account created after passing that evaluation requires a minimum of **4** **profitable days** before each reward can be requested. - **A profitable day** is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. - The 4 profitable days do not need to be consecutive. - The profitable-day requirement applies even if the Master Account is in drawdown, as long as the required daily profit threshold is met. - Once 4 profitable days are achieved, reward requests are available as normal. Example: on a $100K Master Account (0.5% = $500) If the account is currently $98,000 in drawdown, but the day closes with $600 in net realized profit, that day qualifies as one profitable day. The account does not need to recover the drawdown before the day can count. 3 What counts as a trade idea One trade, multiple trades running together on the same instrument and in the same direction, or any new trade opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade is considered a single trade idea. All closed profits or losses from a single trade idea are counted together. Which accounts are affected This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above, created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts are not affected. - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are not subject to this policy. - If you are currently in Phase 1 and pass after June 27, 2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this policy. - If you are already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply, even after passing. - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27, 2026 is subject to this policy. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once you successfully pass both phases, you will be offered the opportunity to trade on a Master Account. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of our established rules. Committing a hard breach will result in the immediate closure of your account with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 10% Your equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 5% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Risk Per Trade Idea 3% / 2% **Applies to 10% profit target Master Accounts only.** 3% at $25K and below $50K, 2% at $50K and above. How are trade ideas grouped? ↓ Striking System 4 warnings Master Accounts above $25,000. Each warning brings a consequence, from profit deduction to account breach. **Applies to 8% profit target only.** How does this work? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Your equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across all phases, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 10% of $100K = $10K. Your equity or balance cannot drop to **$90K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit: 5%** of the higher value between your opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both your balance and your equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Your equity cannot fall by more than 5% of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 5% of $107K = $5,350. Your equity cannot drop to **$101,650** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 5% of $100K = $5K. Your equity cannot drop to **$95K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on your FundingPips dashboard. What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea? Master Accounts with 10% Profit Target (no longer offered) Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts, including merged accounts. [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea) The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on your Master Account, including both realized and unrealized losses across all related positions. - **Below $25K:** Removed - **Accounts $25k and below $50K:** 3% of Master Account Size - **$50K and above:** 2% of Master Account Size * * * 1 Single Trades Your biggest loss on any single trade must not reach the limit for your account size. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** A single trade loss of $750 or more = Breach $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** A single trade loss of $2,000 or more = Breach 2 Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions Multiple positions on the same pair active at the same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined losses (including unrealized) must not reach the limit. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** Three concurrent buys on EURUSD: - Trade 1 loss: $300 - Trade 2 loss: $200 - Trade 3 loss: $250 Combined: $750 = Breach, even if Trade 1 is still open $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD: - Trade 1 floating loss: $900 - Trade 2 floating loss: $700 - Trade 3 floating loss: $400 Combined: $2,000 = Breach, regardless of whether trades remain open 3 Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule Each new position opened in the same direction within **10 minutes** of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across all of them is assessed against the limit. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** - Trade 1: closed at **$500 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$250 loss** Combined: $750 = Breach $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$800 loss** Combined: $2,000 = Breach What counts as activity? Your account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after your last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. How does the Striking System work? Instead of a restrictive 1% guideline per trade idea, the Striking System gives more chances in a transparent way. Each time a single trade idea's combined floating loss reaches 1.2% of the account size, a warning is recorded. Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between reward cycles. **Applies to Master Accounts size above $25K, with a profit target of 8% only.** The consequences escalate with each warning: | Warning | What happens | | --- | --- | | **1st** | A warning is recorded. The profit from<br> that trade idea is deducted. No other<br> penalty at this stage. | | **2nd** | Your reward split drops by half (for<br> example, from 80% to 40%). The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. | | **3rd** | Your reward split drops to 20%. The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. | | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. | Your trades are never force-closed by a warning. Any profit from a trade idea that received a warning is deducted from the account. ## News Trading & Weekend Holds We use the **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard** as our official news source, which features the News and Speeches. Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific restrictions depending on your account phase. Important Purposely trading news in both evaluation phase and master phase is prohibited and will lead to account closure. Evaluation Phase There are **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**. You can hold and manage trades during the news events. Weekend holds are permitted during evaluation phases with no restrictions. Master Account Soft Breach These rules do not result in account closure, but affected profits will be deducted. Weekend Holds: Temporarily Not Allowed A temporary change is in effect: holding trades over the weekend is currently **not allowed** on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before market close on Friday. Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system; this is not a hard breach. You can hold trades during news events on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to trades opened or closed near high-impact news events. * * * 1 The 10-minute restricted window You cannot open or close positions within a **10-minute window** surrounding a Restricted high-impact news and speeches on the affected currencies. This window spans **5 minutes before or 5 minutes** **after** the event. For high-impact speeches, the window spans 5 minutes before the speech begins until 5 minutes after it concludes. Profit Deduction Profits from trades made during a Restricted high-impact news and speeches may be subject to profit deduction. 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** if news affects USD, you cannot open or close trades on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. Trading Rule Clarification - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news:** profits will count if closed within the 10-minute window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news:** profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycles On Demand 90% Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2% profit. How does this work? ↓ Weekly 60% 7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly 80% Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ Monthly 100% Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ On Demand90% Split Request an On Demand Reward with a **90% split** at any time once both of the following criteria are met: - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is **2% of the Master Account Size**. Weekly60% Split Request a Reward with a **60% split** seven days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How It Works - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following Wednesday - First trade on Thursday, then request the following Thursday - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday Bi-Weekly80% Split Request a Reward with an **80% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. Monthly100% Split Effective 15 August 2026 Applies to Master Accounts purchased on **15 August 2026** onwards. Request a Reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable days reset after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify for a reward, each with **0.5% or more** profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable days resets after each reward. - The **Striking System** warning trigger drops to **1% of account size**, at every account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set to Monthly. This replaces the standard 1.2% trigger that applies above $25K on the Weekly, Bi-Weekly, and On Demand cycles. Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters Understand the mechanics of your Master Account. This includes your purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Weekend holds are currently **not allowed**. Close all trades before Friday market close. Any open trades will be closed by the system; this is not a hard breach. - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5 Only This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader 5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | When you pass Phase 2 and move to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information Temporary Change Active A temporary change to weekend holding and leverage has been implemented on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts and will remain in effect until further notice. Holding trades during the weekend is not allowed for all Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before the market closes on Friday. Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system. This is not a hard breach. We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give you more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to your entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as your position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning you only need a small fraction of the trade's full value as margin. As your position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. Your margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not your entire position. So, you always benefit from the lower tiers, no matter how large your trade becomes. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of your margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. You can take as long as you need, as long as you complete at least one trade every 30 days to avoid inactivity and follow all trading rules throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once you've finished all your Phase 1 objectives, your Phase 2 account will be ready! You can find your new login details right on your dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, you need to reach the profit target with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached? Yes. If your Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due to trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with a 15% discount on Phase 1 and 10% discount on Phase 2 will appear on your dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account is breached due to trading rule or risk violations or Inactivity Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment your account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. When does the 30-day inactivity clock start? If you have not placed any trades yet, the clock starts from the day your account was created. If you have traded before, it starts the day after your last trade was fully closed. You need to complete at least one trade within any 30-day window to keep the account active. I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity? No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day window runs out. If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another trade for the risk limit? No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea limit. Each trade idea is assessed on its own losses only. Does the Risk Per Trade Idea rule apply during the evaluation phases? No. The Risk Per Trade Idea rule only applies on the Master Account, on account sizes at $25,000 and above and under 10% Profit Target only. What is a Striking System warning? A warning is recorded when a single trade idea on your Master Account reaches a combined floating loss of 1.2% of your account size. It is counted once per idea, on the first time it crosses that level. Each warning triggers a consequence based on the warning number. Will my trades be closed when a Striking System warning is recorded? No. Your trades are never force-closed by a Striking System warning. Trading on the flagged idea can continue, but any profit it makes will not count toward your reward and will be deducted when the trades close. My trade idea dipped to -1.2% but recovered and closed in profit. Is the warning still recorded? Yes. The warning is based on the heat the idea took, not the final result. Once a trade idea's combined floating loss reaches -1.2%, the warning is recorded regardless of whether it recovers. The profit from that idea is still subject to deduction. What happens to the profit from a trade idea that receives a Striking System warning? The trades in that idea are flagged. When they close, any net profit they made is deducted from your account and will not be counted toward your reward. Losing trades are not refunded. Does requesting a reward reset my Striking System warnings or restore my reward split? No. Warnings and their consequences stay on the account for its lifetime. Requesting a reward does not reset the warning counter or restore a reduced split. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? Your account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode, meaning you can see everything but can no longer place trades. Your dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when. You will also receive an email notification straight away. Additional Guidelines Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Rewards My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward. How do I fix this? For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies only on the **On Demand** and **Monthly** reward cycles. It checks that no single day made up too large a share of your total profits. If your best day accounted for more than 35% of everything you have earned, reward requests are blocked until the score comes back down. Continue trading and keep each day's profit below your best day so far. As your total profit grows, the percentage that one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring the score back within range. Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not subject to the 35% rule. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once your reward cycle is complete, it stays available until you choose to request it. You can submit the request on any working day, as long as all requirements are met and your account is in good standing. The cycle only resets after a reward is successfully processed. Trading Conditions How many lots can I open at once on crypto? You can open a max of 1 lot per click on crypto, as long as your account has enough available margin. A separate platform-wide limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments, but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto trades specifically. Profit Concentration Policy Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to? The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2 Step Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts, as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. What counts as a trade idea under this policy? A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions on the same instrument in the same direction, including any new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed together when measuring profit concentration. What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit target? If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of the profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected. What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account? A profitable day is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. You need 4 of these days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The days do not need to be consecutive. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing evaluation account? If your evaluation account was created before June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts created on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts? No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during evaluation phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected. Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation? No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation. You still pass normally. The only consequence is that your Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. ## Related articles - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414) - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kH--8274e73943326023730ddb53a021bcc93e51ee3f) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQg%3D--7a3da69bf289f70ab2f4020820bd547754d3938b) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d) - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.
SHA-256 c308c45fa10999c62e723814cb0b887aba0077736cc9b292ba26defdd9e5403d
Version 88/28/2026, 3:50:56 AM
2 Step Standard Model Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard. Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice for traders who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This two-tier evaluation ensures that when you reach the Master level, you have the proven track record to stay there. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase 2 (5%). - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly 80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **News trading allowed on Master**: with a 10-minute window restriction. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions Tests your trading skills and builds your trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve an **8% profit target** during Phase 1. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. 10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026 at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3). Confirms your consistency and validates your Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **5% profit target** during Phase 2. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If your account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, you can restart quickly without changing your setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase price - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase price - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase price (excluding $100K accounts) - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split** - A non-USD account resets as a USD account. - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - The **reward cycle** can be selected once the evaluation account reaches the Master Account. - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on your dashboard once your account qualifies. ## Profit Concentration Policy Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require **4 minimum profitable days** before each reward can be requested. This applies if the account has not yet reached the full profit target, in profit, or in drawdown. How does the Profit Concentration Policy work? 1 The trigger During any Evaluation phase, if a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the phase's profit target**, the policy is triggered. This applies even if the account has not yet reached the full profit target. **Example: 2 Step Standard (8% target on a $25K** **account)** the profit target is $2,000, so 60% of the target is **$1,200**. Account in profit $26,500 If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the policy is triggered because that single trade idea contributed more than $1,200. Account in drawdown $24,900 If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the policy is also triggered, the trade idea exceeded 60% of the $2,000 profit target, even though the account is still below the profit target. - The policy is assessed at the phase level. Each phase is evaluated independently. Triggering the policy **does not fail the Evaluation**. It only adds an additional reward requirement once the Evaluation is passed, the Master Account is obtained, and a reward is requested. 2 The requirement When the policy is triggered, the Master Account created after passing that evaluation requires a minimum of **4** **profitable days** before each reward can be requested. - **A profitable day** is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. - The 4 profitable days do not need to be consecutive. - The profitable-day requirement applies even if the Master Account is in drawdown, as long as the required daily profit threshold is met. - Once 4 profitable days are achieved, reward requests are available as normal. Example: on a $100K Master Account (0.5% = $500) If the account is currently $98,000 in drawdown, but the day closes with $600 in net realized profit, that day qualifies as one profitable day. The account does not need to recover the drawdown before the day can count. 3 What counts as a trade idea One trade, multiple trades running together on the same instrument and in the same direction, or any new trade opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade is considered a single trade idea. All closed profits or losses from a single trade idea are counted together. Which accounts are affected This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above, created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts are not affected. - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are not subject to this policy. - If you are currently in Phase 1 and pass after June 27, 2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this policy. - If you are already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply, even after passing. - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27, 2026 is subject to this policy. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once you successfully pass both phases, you will be offered the opportunity to trade on a Master Account. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of our established rules. Committing a hard breach will result in the immediate closure of your account with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 10% Your equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 5% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Risk Per Trade Idea 3% / 2% **Applies to 10% profit target Master Accounts only.** 3% at $25K and below $50K, 2% at $50K and above. How are trade ideas grouped? ↓ Striking System 4 warnings Master Accounts above $25,000. Each warning brings a consequence, from profit deduction to account breach. **Applies to 8% profit target only.** How does this work? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Your equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across all phases, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 10% of $100K = $10K. Your equity or balance cannot drop to **$90K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit: 5%** of the higher value between your opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both your balance and your equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Your equity cannot fall by more than 5% of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 5% of $107K = $5,350. Your equity cannot drop to **$101,650** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 5% of $100K = $5K. Your equity cannot drop to **$95K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on your FundingPips dashboard. What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea? Master Accounts with 10% Profit Target (no longer offered) Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts, including merged accounts. [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea) The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on your Master Account, including both realized and unrealized losses across all related positions. - **Below $25K:** Removed - **Accounts $25k and below $50K:** 3% of Master Account Size - **$50K and above:** 2% of Master Account Size * * * 1 Single Trades Your biggest loss on any single trade must not reach the limit for your account size. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** A single trade loss of $750 or more = Breach $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** A single trade loss of $2,000 or more = Breach 2 Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions Multiple positions on the same pair active at the same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined losses (including unrealized) must not reach the limit. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** Three concurrent buys on EURUSD: - Trade 1 loss: $300 - Trade 2 loss: $200 - Trade 3 loss: $250 Combined: $750 = Breach, even if Trade 1 is still open $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD: - Trade 1 floating loss: $900 - Trade 2 floating loss: $700 - Trade 3 floating loss: $400 Combined: $2,000 = Breach, regardless of whether trades remain open 3 Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule Each new position opened in the same direction within **10 minutes** of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across all of them is assessed against the limit. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** - Trade 1: closed at **$500 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$250 loss** Combined: $750 = Breach $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$800 loss** Combined: $2,000 = Breach What counts as activity? Your account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after your last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. How does the Striking System work? Instead of a restrictive 1% guideline per trade idea, the Striking System gives more chances in a transparent way. Each time a single trade idea's combined floating loss reaches 1.2% of the account size, a warning is recorded. Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between reward cycles. **Applies to Master Accounts size above $25K, with a profit target of 8% only.** The consequences escalate with each warning: | Warning | What happens | | --- | --- | | **1st** | A warning is recorded. The profit from<br> that trade idea is deducted. No other<br> penalty at this stage. | | **2nd** | Your reward split drops by half (for<br> example, from 80% to 40%). The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. | | **3rd** | Your reward split drops to 20%. The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. | | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. | Your trades are never force-closed by a warning. Any profit from a trade idea that received a warning is deducted from the account. ## News Trading & Weekend Holds We use the **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard** as our official news source, which features the News and Speeches. Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific restrictions depending on your account phase. Important Purposely trading news in both evaluation phase and master phase is prohibited and will lead to account closure. Evaluation Phase There are **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**. You can hold and manage trades during the news events. Weekend holds are permitted during evaluation phases with no restrictions. Master Account Soft Breach These rules do not result in account closure, but affected profits will be deducted. Weekend Holds: Temporarily Not Allowed A temporary change is in effect: holding trades over the weekend is currently **not allowed** on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before market close on Friday. Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system; this is not a hard breach. You can hold trades during news events on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to trades opened or closed near high-impact news events. * * * 1 The 10-minute restricted window You cannot open or close positions within a **10-minute window** surrounding a Restricted high-impact news and speeches on the affected currencies. This window spans **5 minutes before or 5 minutes** **after** the event. For high-impact speeches, the window spans 5 minutes before the speech begins until 5 minutes after it concludes. Profit Deduction Profits from trades made during a Restricted high-impact news and speeches may be subject to profit deduction. 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** if news affects USD, you cannot open or close trades on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. Trading Rule Clarification - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news:** profits will count if closed within the 10-minute window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news:** profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycles On Demand 90% Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2% profit. How does this work? ↓ Weekly 60% 7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly 80% Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ Monthly 100% Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ On Demand90% Split Request an On Demand Reward with a **90% split** at any time once both of the following criteria are met: - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is **2% of the Master Account Size**. Weekly60% Split Request a Reward with a **60% split** seven days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How It Works - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following Wednesday - First trade on Thursday, then request the following Thursday - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday Bi-Weekly80% Split Request a Reward with an **80% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. Monthly100% Split Effective 15 August 2026 Applies to Master Accounts purchased on **15 August 2026** onwards. Request a Reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable days reset after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify for a reward, each with **0.5% or more** profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable days resets after each reward. - The **Striking System** warning trigger drops to **1% of account size**, at every account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set to Monthly. This replaces the standard 1.2% trigger that applies above $25K on the Weekly, Bi-Weekly, and On Demand cycles. Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters Understand the mechanics of your Master Account. This includes your purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Weekend holds are currently **not allowed**. Close all trades before Friday market close. Any open trades will be closed by the system; this is not a hard breach. - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5 Only This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader 5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | When you pass Phase 2 and move to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information Temporary Change Active A temporary change to weekend holding and leverage has been implemented on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts and will remain in effect until further notice. Holding trades during the weekend is not allowed for all Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before the market closes on Friday. Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system. This is not a hard breach. We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give you more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to your entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as your position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning you only need a small fraction of the trade's full value as margin. As your position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. Your margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not your entire position. So, you always benefit from the lower tiers, no matter how large your trade becomes. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of your margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. You can take as long as you need, as long as you complete at least one trade every 30 days to avoid inactivity and follow all trading rules throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once you've finished all your Phase 1 objectives, your Phase 2 account will be ready! You can find your new login details right on your dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, you need to reach the profit target with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached? Yes. If your Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due to trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with a 15% discount on Phase 1 and 10% discount on Phase 2 will appear on your dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account is breached due to trading rule or risk violations or Inactivity Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment your account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. When does the 30-day inactivity clock start? If you have not placed any trades yet, the clock starts from the day your account was created. If you have traded before, it starts the day after your last trade was fully closed. You need to complete at least one trade within any 30-day window to keep the account active. I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity? No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day window runs out. If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another trade for the risk limit? No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea limit. Each trade idea is assessed on its own losses only. Does the Risk Per Trade Idea rule apply during the evaluation phases? No. The Risk Per Trade Idea rule only applies on the Master Account, on account sizes at $25,000 and above and under 10% Profit Target only. What is a Striking System warning? A warning is recorded when a single trade idea on your Master Account reaches a combined floating loss of 1.2% of your account size. It is counted once per idea, on the first time it crosses that level. Each warning triggers a consequence based on the warning number. Will my trades be closed when a Striking System warning is recorded? No. Your trades are never force-closed by a Striking System warning. Trading on the flagged idea can continue, but any profit it makes will not count toward your reward and will be deducted when the trades close. My trade idea dipped to -1.2% but recovered and closed in profit. Is the warning still recorded? Yes. The warning is based on the heat the idea took, not the final result. Once a trade idea's combined floating loss reaches -1.2%, the warning is recorded regardless of whether it recovers. The profit from that idea is still subject to deduction. What happens to the profit from a trade idea that receives a Striking System warning? The trades in that idea are flagged. When they close, any net profit they made is deducted from your account and will not be counted toward your reward. Losing trades are not refunded. Does requesting a reward reset my Striking System warnings or restore my reward split? No. Warnings and their consequences stay on the account for its lifetime. Requesting a reward does not reset the warning counter or restore a reduced split. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? Your account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode, meaning you can see everything but can no longer place trades. Your dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when. You will also receive an email notification straight away. Additional Guidelines Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Rewards My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward. How do I fix this? For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies only on the **On Demand** and **Monthly** reward cycles. It checks that no single day made up too large a share of your total profits. If your best day accounted for more than 35% of everything you have earned, reward requests are blocked until the score comes back down. Continue trading and keep each day's profit below your best day so far. As your total profit grows, the percentage that one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring the score back within range. Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not subject to the 35% rule. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once your reward cycle is complete, it stays available until you choose to request it. You can submit the request on any working day, as long as all requirements are met and your account is in good standing. The cycle only resets after a reward is successfully processed. Trading Conditions How many lots can I open at once on crypto? You can open a max of 1 lot per click on crypto, as long as your account has enough available margin. A separate platform-wide limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments, but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto trades specifically. Profit Concentration Policy Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to? The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2 Step Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts, as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. What counts as a trade idea under this policy? A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions on the same instrument in the same direction, including any new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed together when measuring profit concentration. What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit target? If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of the profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected. What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account? A profitable day is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. You need 4 of these days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The days do not need to be consecutive. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing evaluation account? If your evaluation account was created before June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts created on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts? No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during evaluation phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected. Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation? No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation. You still pass normally. The only consequence is that your Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. ## Related articles - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQc%3D--681c9d15f139a28d5ee229b0628fbfd74ce407e8) - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kI--fab0a9a95fb2d75cf913d48525e4accae37f2f1e) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d) - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.
SHA-256 6bf4fe9bfd5b824ca9ce6f73af3bc20afaf68e5efcb3c0bd6f0b28bf926f3bc9
Version 78/27/2026, 4:04:12 AM
2 Step Standard Model Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard. Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice for traders who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This two-tier evaluation ensures that when you reach the Master level, you have the proven track record to stay there. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase 2 (5%). - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly 80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **News trading allowed on Master**: with a 10-minute window restriction. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions Tests your trading skills and builds your trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve an **8% profit target** during Phase 1. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. 10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026 at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3). Confirms your consistency and validates your Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **5% profit target** during Phase 2. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If your account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, you can restart quickly without changing your setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase price - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase price - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase price (excluding $100K accounts) - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split** - A non-USD account resets as a USD account. - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - The **reward cycle** can be selected once the evaluation account reaches the Master Account. - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on your dashboard once your account qualifies. ## Profit Concentration Policy Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require **4 minimum profitable days** before each reward can be requested. This applies if the account has not yet reached the full profit target, in profit, or in drawdown. How does the Profit Concentration Policy work? 1 The trigger During any Evaluation phase, if a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the phase's profit target**, the policy is triggered. This applies even if the account has not yet reached the full profit target. **Example: 2 Step Standard (8% target on a $25K** **account)** the profit target is $2,000, so 60% of the target is **$1,200**. Account in profit $26,500 If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the policy is triggered because that single trade idea contributed more than $1,200. Account in drawdown $24,900 If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the policy is also triggered, the trade idea exceeded 60% of the $2,000 profit target, even though the account is still below the profit target. - The policy is assessed at the phase level. Each phase is evaluated independently. Triggering the policy **does not fail the Evaluation**. It only adds an additional reward requirement once the Evaluation is passed, the Master Account is obtained, and a reward is requested. 2 The requirement When the policy is triggered, the Master Account created after passing that evaluation requires a minimum of **4** **profitable days** before each reward can be requested. - **A profitable day** is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. - The 4 profitable days do not need to be consecutive. - The profitable-day requirement applies even if the Master Account is in drawdown, as long as the required daily profit threshold is met. - Once 4 profitable days are achieved, reward requests are available as normal. Example: on a $100K Master Account (0.5% = $500) If the account is currently $98,000 in drawdown, but the day closes with $600 in net realized profit, that day qualifies as one profitable day. The account does not need to recover the drawdown before the day can count. 3 What counts as a trade idea One trade, multiple trades running together on the same instrument and in the same direction, or any new trade opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade is considered a single trade idea. All closed profits or losses from a single trade idea are counted together. Which accounts are affected This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above, created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts are not affected. - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are not subject to this policy. - If you are currently in Phase 1 and pass after June 27, 2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this policy. - If you are already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply, even after passing. - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27, 2026 is subject to this policy. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once you successfully pass both phases, you will be offered the opportunity to trade on a Master Account. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of our established rules. Committing a hard breach will result in the immediate closure of your account with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 10% Your equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 5% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Risk Per Trade Idea 3% / 2% **Applies to 10% profit target Master Accounts only.** 3% at $25K and below $50K, 2% at $50K and above. How are trade ideas grouped? ↓ Striking System 4 warnings Master Accounts above $25,000. Each warning brings a consequence, from profit deduction to account breach. **Applies to 8% profit target only.** How does this work? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Your equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across all phases, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 10% of $100K = $10K. Your equity or balance cannot drop to **$90K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit: 5%** of the higher value between your opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both your balance and your equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Your equity cannot fall by more than 5% of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 5% of $107K = $5,350. Your equity cannot drop to **$101,650** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 5% of $100K = $5K. Your equity cannot drop to **$95K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on your FundingPips dashboard. What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea? Master Accounts with 10% Profit Target (no longer offered) Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts, including merged accounts. [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea) The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on your Master Account, including both realized and unrealized losses across all related positions. - **Below $25K:** Removed - **Accounts $25k and below $50K:** 3% of Master Account Size - **$50K and above:** 2% of Master Account Size * * * 1 Single Trades Your biggest loss on any single trade must not reach the limit for your account size. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** A single trade loss of $750 or more = Breach $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** A single trade loss of $2,000 or more = Breach 2 Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions Multiple positions on the same pair active at the same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined losses (including unrealized) must not reach the limit. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** Three concurrent buys on EURUSD: - Trade 1 loss: $300 - Trade 2 loss: $200 - Trade 3 loss: $250 Combined: $750 = Breach, even if Trade 1 is still open $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD: - Trade 1 floating loss: $900 - Trade 2 floating loss: $700 - Trade 3 floating loss: $400 Combined: $2,000 = Breach, regardless of whether trades remain open 3 Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule Each new position opened in the same direction within **10 minutes** of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across all of them is assessed against the limit. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** - Trade 1: closed at **$500 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$250 loss** Combined: $750 = Breach $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$800 loss** Combined: $2,000 = Breach What counts as activity? Your account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after your last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. How does the Striking System work? Instead of a restrictive 1% guideline per trade idea, the Striking System gives more chances in a transparent way. Each time a single trade idea's combined floating loss reaches 1.2% of the account size, a warning is recorded. Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between reward cycles. **Applies to Master Accounts size above $25K, with a profit target of 8% only.** The consequences escalate with each warning: | Warning | What happens | | --- | --- | | **1st** | A warning is recorded. The profit from<br> that trade idea is deducted. No other<br> penalty at this stage. | | **2nd** | Your reward split drops by half (for<br> example, from 80% to 40%). The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. | | **3rd** | Your reward split drops to 20%. The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. | | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. | Your trades are never force-closed by a warning. Any profit from a trade idea that received a warning is deducted from the account. ## News Trading & Weekend Holds We use the **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard** as our official news source, which features the High-impact News, Speeches and Significant Unscheduled Market Event (SUME). Evaluation Phase There are **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**. You can hold and manage trades during the news events. Weekend holds are permitted during evaluation phases with no restrictions. Master Account Soft Breach These rules do not result in account closure, but affected profits will be deducted. Weekend Holds: Temporarily Not Allowed A temporary change is in effect: holding trades over the weekend is currently **not allowed** on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before market close on Friday. Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system; this is not a hard breach. You can hold trades during news events on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to trades opened or closed near high-impact news events. * * * 1 The 10-minute restricted window You cannot open or close positions within a **10-minute window** surrounding a high-impact news event (red folder only) on the affected currencies. This window spans 5 minutes before and 5 minutes after the event. For high-impact speeches, the window spans 5 minutes before the speech begins until 5 minutes after it concludes. Profits from trades made during a Significant Unscheduled Market Event (SUME), that cause extreme volatility, abnormal price movements, liquidity issues, widening spreads, or price gaps, may be subject to **profit deduction.** 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** if news affects USD, you cannot open or close trades on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. Trading Rule Clarification - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news:** profits will count if closed within the 10-minute window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news:** profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. Important Purposely trading news in both evaluation phase and master phase is prohibited and will lead to account closure. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycles On Demand 90% Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2% profit. How does this work? ↓ Weekly 60% 7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly 80% Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ Monthly 100% Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ On Demand90% Split Request an On Demand Reward with a **90% split** at any time once both of the following criteria are met: - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is **2% of the Master Account Size**. Weekly60% Split Request a Reward with a **60% split** seven days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How It Works - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following Wednesday - First trade on Thursday, then request the following Thursday - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday Bi-Weekly80% Split Request a Reward with an **80% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The cycle resets after each successfully processed reward. Monthly100% Split Effective 15 August 2026 Applies to Master Accounts purchased on **15 August 2026** onwards. Request a Reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable days reset after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify for a reward, each with **0.5% or more** profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable days resets after each reward. - The **Striking System** warning trigger drops to **1% of account size**, at every account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set to Monthly. This replaces the standard 1.2% trigger that applies above $25K on the Weekly, Bi-Weekly, and On Demand cycles. Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters Understand the mechanics of your Master Account. This includes your purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Weekend holds are currently **not allowed**. Close all trades before Friday market close. Any open trades will be closed by the system; this is not a hard breach. - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5 Only This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader 5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | When you pass Phase 2 and move to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information Temporary Change Active A temporary change to weekend holding and leverage has been implemented on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts and will remain in effect until further notice. Holding trades during the weekend is not allowed for all Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before the market closes on Friday. Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system. This is not a hard breach. We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give you more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to your entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as your position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning you only need a small fraction of the trade's full value as margin. As your position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. Your margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not your entire position. So, you always benefit from the lower tiers, no matter how large your trade becomes. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of your margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. You can take as long as you need, as long as you complete at least one trade every 30 days to avoid inactivity and follow all trading rules throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once you've finished all your Phase 1 objectives, your Phase 2 account will be ready! You can find your new login details right on your dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, you need to reach the profit target with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached? Yes. If your Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due to trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with a 15% discount on Phase 1 and 10% discount on Phase 2 will appear on your dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account is breached due to trading rule or risk violations or Inactivity Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment your account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. When does the 30-day inactivity clock start? If you have not placed any trades yet, the clock starts from the day your account was created. If you have traded before, it starts the day after your last trade was fully closed. You need to complete at least one trade within any 30-day window to keep the account active. I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity? No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day window runs out. If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another trade for the risk limit? No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea limit. Each trade idea is assessed on its own losses only. Does the Risk Per Trade Idea rule apply during the evaluation phases? No. The Risk Per Trade Idea rule only applies on the Master Account, on account sizes at $25,000 and above and under 10% Profit Target only. What is a Striking System warning? A warning is recorded when a single trade idea on your Master Account reaches a combined floating loss of 1.2% of your account size. It is counted once per idea, on the first time it crosses that level. Each warning triggers a consequence based on the warning number. Will my trades be closed when a Striking System warning is recorded? No. Your trades are never force-closed by a Striking System warning. Trading on the flagged idea can continue, but any profit it makes will not count toward your reward and will be deducted when the trades close. My trade idea dipped to -1.2% but recovered and closed in profit. Is the warning still recorded? Yes. The warning is based on the heat the idea took, not the final result. Once a trade idea's combined floating loss reaches -1.2%, the warning is recorded regardless of whether it recovers. The profit from that idea is still subject to deduction. What happens to the profit from a trade idea that receives a Striking System warning? The trades in that idea are flagged. When they close, any net profit they made is deducted from your account and will not be counted toward your reward. Losing trades are not refunded. Does requesting a reward reset my Striking System warnings or restore my reward split? No. Warnings and their consequences stay on the account for its lifetime. Requesting a reward does not reset the warning counter or restore a reduced split. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? Your account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode, meaning you can see everything but can no longer place trades. Your dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when. You will also receive an email notification straight away. Additional Guidelines Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Rewards My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward. How do I fix this? For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies only on the **On Demand** and **Monthly** reward cycles. It checks that no single day made up too large a share of your total profits. If your best day accounted for more than 35% of everything you have earned, reward requests are blocked until the score comes back down. Continue trading and keep each day's profit below your best day so far. As your total profit grows, the percentage that one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring the score back within range. Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not subject to the 35% rule. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once your reward cycle is complete, it stays available until you choose to request it. You can submit the request on any working day, as long as all requirements are met and your account is in good standing. The cycle only resets after a reward is successfully processed. Trading Conditions How many lots can I open at once on crypto? You can open a max of 1 lot per click on crypto, as long as your account has enough available margin. A separate platform-wide limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments, but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto trades specifically. Profit Concentration Policy Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to? The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2 Step Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts, as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. What counts as a trade idea under this policy? A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions on the same instrument in the same direction, including any new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed together when measuring profit concentration. What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit target? If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of the profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected. What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account? A profitable day is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. You need 4 of these days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The days do not need to be consecutive. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing evaluation account? If your evaluation account was created before June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts created on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts? No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during evaluation phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected. Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation? No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation. You still pass normally. The only consequence is that your Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. ## Related articles - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQc%3D--681c9d15f139a28d5ee229b0628fbfd74ce407e8) - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kI--fab0a9a95fb2d75cf913d48525e4accae37f2f1e) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d) - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.
SHA-256 f8cae9faa3e2ea7b82368727f48ecc14dbec83ad38d14f34c2825bec1709205e
Version 68/26/2026, 3:51:24 AM
2 Step Standard Model Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard. Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice for traders who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This two-tier evaluation ensures that when you reach the Master level, you have the proven track record to stay there. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase 2 (5%). - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly 80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **News trading allowed on Master**: with a 10-minute window restriction. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions Tests your trading skills and builds your trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve an **8% profit target** during Phase 1. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. 10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026 at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3). Confirms your consistency and validates your Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **5% profit target** during Phase 2. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If your account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, you can restart quickly without changing your setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase price - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase price - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase price (excluding $100K accounts) - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split** - A non-USD account resets as a USD account. - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - The **reward cycle** can be selected once the evaluation account reaches the Master Account. - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on your dashboard once your account qualifies. ## Profit Concentration Policy Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require **4 minimum profitable days** before each reward can be requested. This applies if the account has not yet reached the full profit target, in profit, or in drawdown. How does the Profit Concentration Policy work? 1 The trigger During any Evaluation phase, if a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the phase's profit target**, the policy is triggered. This applies even if the account has not yet reached the full profit target. **Example: 2 Step Standard (8% target on a $25K** **account)** the profit target is $2,000, so 60% of the target is **$1,200**. Account in profit $26,500 If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the policy is triggered because that single trade idea contributed more than $1,200. Account in drawdown $24,900 If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the policy is also triggered, the trade idea exceeded 60% of the $2,000 profit target, even though the account is still below the profit target. - The policy is assessed at the phase level. Each phase is evaluated independently. Triggering the policy **does not fail the Evaluation**. It only adds an additional reward requirement once the Evaluation is passed, the Master Account is obtained, and a reward is requested. 2 The requirement When the policy is triggered, the Master Account created after passing that evaluation requires a minimum of **4** **profitable days** before each reward can be requested. - **A profitable day** is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. - The 4 profitable days do not need to be consecutive. - The profitable-day requirement applies even if the Master Account is in drawdown, as long as the required daily profit threshold is met. - Once 4 profitable days are achieved, reward requests are available as normal. Example: on a $100K Master Account (0.5% = $500) If the account is currently $98,000 in drawdown, but the day closes with $600 in net realized profit, that day qualifies as one profitable day. The account does not need to recover the drawdown before the day can count. 3 What counts as a trade idea One trade, multiple trades running together on the same instrument and in the same direction, or any new trade opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade is considered a single trade idea. All closed profits or losses from a single trade idea are counted together. Which accounts are affected This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above, created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts are not affected. - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are not subject to this policy. - If you are currently in Phase 1 and pass after June 27, 2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this policy. - If you are already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply, even after passing. - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27, 2026 is subject to this policy. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once you successfully pass both phases, you will be offered the opportunity to trade on a Master Account. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of our established rules. Committing a hard breach will result in the immediate closure of your account with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 10% Your equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 5% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Risk Per Trade Idea 3% / 2% **Applies to 10% profit target Master Accounts only.** 3% at $25K and below $50K, 2% at $50K and above. How are trade ideas grouped? ↓ Striking System 4 warnings Master Accounts above $25,000. Each warning brings a consequence, from profit deduction to account breach. **Applies to 8% profit target only.** How does this work? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Your equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across all phases, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 10% of $100K = $10K. Your equity or balance cannot drop to **$90K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit: 5%** of the higher value between your opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both your balance and your equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Your equity cannot fall by more than 5% of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 5% of $107K = $5,350. Your equity cannot drop to **$101,650** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 5% of $100K = $5K. Your equity cannot drop to **$95K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on your FundingPips dashboard. What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea? Master Accounts with 10% Profit Target (no longer offered) Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts, including merged accounts. [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea) The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on your Master Account, including both realized and unrealized losses across all related positions. - **Below $25K:** Removed - **Accounts $25k and below $50K:** 3% of Master Account Size - **$50K and above:** 2% of Master Account Size * * * 1 Single Trades Your biggest loss on any single trade must not reach the limit for your account size. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** A single trade loss of $750 or more = Breach $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** A single trade loss of $2,000 or more = Breach 2 Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions Multiple positions on the same pair active at the same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined losses (including unrealized) must not reach the limit. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** Three concurrent buys on EURUSD: - Trade 1 loss: $300 - Trade 2 loss: $200 - Trade 3 loss: $250 Combined: $750 = Breach, even if Trade 1 is still open $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD: - Trade 1 floating loss: $900 - Trade 2 floating loss: $700 - Trade 3 floating loss: $400 Combined: $2,000 = Breach, regardless of whether trades remain open 3 Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule Each new position opened in the same direction within **10 minutes** of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across all of them is assessed against the limit. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** - Trade 1: closed at **$500 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$250 loss** Combined: $750 = Breach $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$800 loss** Combined: $2,000 = Breach What counts as activity? Your account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after your last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. How does the Striking System work? Instead of a restrictive 1% guideline per trade idea, the Striking System gives more chances in a transparent way. Each time a single trade idea's combined floating loss reaches 1.2% of the account size, a warning is recorded. Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between reward cycles. **Applies to Master Accounts size above $25K, with a profit target of 8% only.** The consequences escalate with each warning: | Warning | What happens | | --- | --- | | **1st** | A warning is recorded. The profit from<br> that trade idea is deducted. No other<br> penalty at this stage. | | **2nd** | Your reward split drops by half (for<br> example, from 80% to 40%). The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. | | **3rd** | Your reward split drops to 20%. The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. | | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. | Your trades are never force-closed by a warning. Any profit from a trade idea that received a warning is deducted from the account. Additional Guidelines: Soft Breach Soft breaches do not lead to account closure, but may result in restrictions such as limited access or removal of profits depending on the violated rule. ## News Trading & Weekend Holds Soft Breach: Profits Removed We use the **Economic calendar on the FundingPips dashboard** as our official news source. High-impact events and speeches, including **Trump speeches and tweets**. Evaluation Stage There are **no restrictions** on holding trades during news events during either evaluation phase. You are free to manage your trades as you see fit. Important Purposely trading news is prohibited and will lead to account closure. Weekend holds are permitted during evaluation phases with no restrictions. Master Account Weekend Holds: Temporarily Not Allowed A temporary change is in effect: holding trades over the weekend is currently **not allowed** on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before market close on Friday. Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system; this is not a hard breach. You can hold trades during news events on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to trades opened or closed near high-impact news events. * * * 1 The 10-minute restricted window You cannot open or close positions within a **10-minute window** surrounding a high-impact news event (red folder only) on the affected currencies. This window spans 5 minutes before and 5 minutes after the event. For high-impact speeches, the window spans 5 minutes before the speech begins until 5 minutes after it concludes. Profits from trades opened or closed within this window will not be counted on the Master Account. The full profit of the affected trade is deducted, not just the portion earned during the window. 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** if news affects USD, you cannot open or close trades on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. Trading Rule Clarification - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news:** profits will count if closed within the 10-minute window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news:** profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycles On Demand 90% Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2% profit. How does this work? ↓ Weekly 60% 7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly 80% Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ Monthly 100% Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ On Demand90% Split Request an On Demand Reward with a **90% split** at any time once both of the following criteria are met: - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is **2% of the Master Account Size**. Weekly60% Split Request a Reward with a **60% split** seven days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How It Works - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following Wednesday - First trade on Thursday, then request the following Thursday - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday Bi-Weekly80% Split Request a Reward with an **80% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The cycle resets after each successfully processed reward. Monthly100% Split Effective 15 August 2026 Applies to Master Accounts purchased on **15 August 2026** onwards. Request a Reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable days reset after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify for a reward, each with **0.5% or more** profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable days resets after each reward. - The **Striking System** warning trigger drops to **1% of account size**, at every account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set to Monthly. This replaces the standard 1.2% trigger that applies above $25K on the Weekly, Bi-Weekly, and On Demand cycles. Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters Understand the mechanics of your Master Account. This includes your purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Weekend holds are currently **not allowed**. Close all trades before Friday market close. Any open trades will be closed by the system; this is not a hard breach. - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5 Only This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader 5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | When you pass Phase 2 and move to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information Temporary Change Active A temporary change to weekend holding and leverage has been implemented on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts and will remain in effect until further notice. Holding trades during the weekend is not allowed for all Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before the market closes on Friday. Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system. This is not a hard breach. We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give you more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to your entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as your position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning you only need a small fraction of the trade's full value as margin. As your position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. Your margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not your entire position. So, you always benefit from the lower tiers, no matter how large your trade becomes. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of your margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. You can take as long as you need, as long as you complete at least one trade every 30 days to avoid inactivity and follow all trading rules throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once you've finished all your Phase 1 objectives, your Phase 2 account will be ready! You can find your new login details right on your dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, you need to reach the profit target with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached? Yes. If your Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due to trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with a 15% discount on Phase 1 and 10% discount on Phase 2 will appear on your dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account is breached due to trading rule or risk violations or Inactivity Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment your account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. When does the 30-day inactivity clock start? If you have not placed any trades yet, the clock starts from the day your account was created. If you have traded before, it starts the day after your last trade was fully closed. You need to complete at least one trade within any 30-day window to keep the account active. I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity? No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day window runs out. If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another trade for the risk limit? No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea limit. Each trade idea is assessed on its own losses only. Does the Risk Per Trade Idea rule apply during the evaluation phases? No. The Risk Per Trade Idea rule only applies on the Master Account, on account sizes at $25,000 and above and under 10% Profit Target only. What is a Striking System warning? A warning is recorded when a single trade idea on your Master Account reaches a combined floating loss of 1.2% of your account size. It is counted once per idea, on the first time it crosses that level. Each warning triggers a consequence based on the warning number. Will my trades be closed when a Striking System warning is recorded? No. Your trades are never force-closed by a Striking System warning. Trading on the flagged idea can continue, but any profit it makes will not count toward your reward and will be deducted when the trades close. My trade idea dipped to -1.2% but recovered and closed in profit. Is the warning still recorded? Yes. The warning is based on the heat the idea took, not the final result. Once a trade idea's combined floating loss reaches -1.2%, the warning is recorded regardless of whether it recovers. The profit from that idea is still subject to deduction. What happens to the profit from a trade idea that receives a Striking System warning? The trades in that idea are flagged. When they close, any net profit they made is deducted from your account and will not be counted toward your reward. Losing trades are not refunded. Does requesting a reward reset my Striking System warnings or restore my reward split? No. Warnings and their consequences stay on the account for its lifetime. Requesting a reward does not reset the warning counter or restore a reduced split. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? Your account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode, meaning you can see everything but can no longer place trades. Your dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when. You will also receive an email notification straight away. Additional Guidelines Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Rewards My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward. How do I fix this? For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies only on the **On Demand** and **Monthly** reward cycles. It checks that no single day made up too large a share of your total profits. If your best day accounted for more than 35% of everything you have earned, reward requests are blocked until the score comes back down. Continue trading and keep each day's profit below your best day so far. As your total profit grows, the percentage that one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring the score back within range. Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not subject to the 35% rule. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once your reward cycle is complete, it stays available until you choose to request it. You can submit the request on any working day, as long as all requirements are met and your account is in good standing. The cycle only resets after a reward is successfully processed. Trading Conditions How many lots can I open at once on crypto? You can open a max of 1 lot per click on crypto, as long as your account has enough available margin. A separate platform-wide limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments, but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto trades specifically. Profit Concentration Policy Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to? The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2 Step Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts, as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. What counts as a trade idea under this policy? A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions on the same instrument in the same direction, including any new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed together when measuring profit concentration. What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit target? If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of the profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected. What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account? A profitable day is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. You need 4 of these days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The days do not need to be consecutive. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing evaluation account? If your evaluation account was created before June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts created on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts? No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during evaluation phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected. Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation? No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation. You still pass normally. The only consequence is that your Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. ## Related articles - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQc%3D--681c9d15f139a28d5ee229b0628fbfd74ce407e8) - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kI--fab0a9a95fb2d75cf913d48525e4accae37f2f1e) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d) - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.
SHA-256 56f40e82d9328dc4ac036fb4101bcb26c381a922e7e517924241b11b3e309c3e
Version 58/25/2026, 3:43:29 AM
2 Step Standard Model Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard. Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice for traders who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This two-tier evaluation ensures that when you reach the Master level, you have the proven track record to stay there. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase 2 (5%). - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly 80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **News trading allowed on Master**: with a 10-minute window restriction. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions Tests your trading skills and builds your trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve an **8% profit target** during Phase 1. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. 10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026 at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3). Confirms your consistency and validates your Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **5% profit target** during Phase 2. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If your account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, you can restart quickly without changing your setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase price - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase price - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase price (excluding $100K accounts) - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split** - A non-USD account resets as a USD account. - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **reward cycle** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on your dashboard once your account qualifies. ## Profit Concentration Policy Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require **4 minimum profitable days** before each reward can be requested. This applies if the account has not yet reached the full profit target, in profit, or in drawdown. How does the Profit Concentration Policy work? 1 The trigger During any Evaluation phase, if a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the phase's profit target**, the policy is triggered. This applies even if the account has not yet reached the full profit target. **Example: 2 Step Standard (8% target on a $25K** **account)** the profit target is $2,000, so 60% of the target is **$1,200**. Account in profit $26,500 If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the policy is triggered because that single trade idea contributed more than $1,200. Account in drawdown $24,900 If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the policy is also triggered, the trade idea exceeded 60% of the $2,000 profit target, even though the account is still below the profit target. - The policy is assessed at the phase level. Each phase is evaluated independently. Triggering the policy **does not fail the Evaluation**. It only adds an additional reward requirement once the Evaluation is passed, the Master Account is obtained, and a reward is requested. 2 The requirement When the policy is triggered, the Master Account created after passing that evaluation requires a minimum of **4** **profitable days** before each reward can be requested. - **A profitable day** is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. - The 4 profitable days do not need to be consecutive. - The profitable-day requirement applies even if the Master Account is in drawdown, as long as the required daily profit threshold is met. - Once 4 profitable days are achieved, reward requests are available as normal. Example: on a $100K Master Account (0.5% = $500) If the account is currently $98,000 in drawdown, but the day closes with $600 in net realized profit, that day qualifies as one profitable day. The account does not need to recover the drawdown before the day can count. 3 What counts as a trade idea One trade, multiple trades running together on the same instrument and in the same direction, or any new trade opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade is considered a single trade idea. All closed profits or losses from a single trade idea are counted together. Which accounts are affected This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above, created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts are not affected. - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are not subject to this policy. - If you are currently in Phase 1 and pass after June 27, 2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this policy. - If you are already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply, even after passing. - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27, 2026 is subject to this policy. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once you successfully pass both phases, you will be offered the opportunity to trade on a Master Account. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of our established rules. Committing a hard breach will result in the immediate closure of your account with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 10% Your equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 5% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Risk Per Trade Idea 3% / 2% **Applies to 10% profit target Master Accounts only.** 3% at $25K and below $50K, 2% at $50K and above. How are trade ideas grouped? ↓ Striking System 4 warnings Master Accounts above $25,000. Each warning brings a consequence, from profit deduction to account breach. **Applies to 8% profit target only.** How does this work? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Your equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across all phases, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 10% of $100K = $10K. Your equity or balance cannot drop to **$90K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit: 5%** of the higher value between your opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both your balance and your equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Your equity cannot fall by more than 5% of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 5% of $107K = $5,350. Your equity cannot drop to **$101,650** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 5% of $100K = $5K. Your equity cannot drop to **$95K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on your FundingPips dashboard. What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea? Master Accounts with 10% Profit Target (no longer offered) Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts, including merged accounts. [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea) The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on your Master Account, including both realized and unrealized losses across all related positions. - **Below $25K:** Removed - **Accounts $25k and below $50K:** 3% of Master Account Size - **$50K and above:** 2% of Master Account Size * * * 1 Single Trades Your biggest loss on any single trade must not reach the limit for your account size. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** A single trade loss of $750 or more = Breach $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** A single trade loss of $2,000 or more = Breach 2 Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions Multiple positions on the same pair active at the same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined losses (including unrealized) must not reach the limit. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** Three concurrent buys on EURUSD: - Trade 1 loss: $300 - Trade 2 loss: $200 - Trade 3 loss: $250 Combined: $750 = Breach, even if Trade 1 is still open $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD: - Trade 1 floating loss: $900 - Trade 2 floating loss: $700 - Trade 3 floating loss: $400 Combined: $2,000 = Breach, regardless of whether trades remain open 3 Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule Each new position opened in the same direction within **10 minutes** of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across all of them is assessed against the limit. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** - Trade 1: closed at **$500 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$250 loss** Combined: $750 = Breach $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$800 loss** Combined: $2,000 = Breach What counts as activity? Your account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after your last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. How does the Striking System work? Instead of a restrictive 1% guideline per trade idea, the Striking System gives more chances in a transparent way. Each time a single trade idea's combined floating loss reaches 1.2% of the account size, a warning is recorded. Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between reward cycles. **Applies to Master Accounts size above $25K, with a profit target of 8% only.** The consequences escalate with each warning: | Warning | What happens | | --- | --- | | **1st** | A warning is recorded. The profit from<br> that trade idea is deducted. No other<br> penalty at this stage. | | **2nd** | Your reward split drops by half (for<br> example, from 80% to 40%). The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. | | **3rd** | Your reward split drops to 20%. The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. | | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. | Your trades are never force-closed by a warning. Any profit from a trade idea that received a warning is deducted from the account. Additional Guidelines: Soft Breach Soft breaches do not lead to account closure, but may result in restrictions such as limited access or removal of profits depending on the violated rule. ## News Trading & Weekend Holds Soft Breach: Profits Removed We use the **Economic calendar on the FundingPips dashboard** as our official news source. High-impact events and speeches are highlighted in red. Evaluation Stage There are **no restrictions** on holding trades during news events during either evaluation phase. You are free to manage your trades as you see fit. Important Purposely trading news is prohibited and will lead to account closure. Weekend holds are permitted during evaluation phases with no restrictions. Master Account Weekend Holds: Temporarily Not Allowed A temporary change is in effect: holding trades over the weekend is currently **not allowed** on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before market close on Friday. Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system; this is not a hard breach. You can hold trades during news events on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to trades opened or closed near high-impact news events. * * * 1 The 10-minute restricted window You cannot open or close positions within a **10-minute window** surrounding a high-impact news event (red folder only) on the affected currencies. This window spans 5 minutes before and 5 minutes after the event. For high-impact speeches, the window spans 5 minutes before the speech begins until 5 minutes after it concludes. Profits from trades opened or closed within this window will not be counted on the Master Account. The full profit of the affected trade is deducted, not just the portion earned during the window. 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** if news affects USD, you cannot open or close trades on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. Trading Rule Clarification - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news:** profits will count if closed within the 10-minute window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news:** profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycles On Demand 90% Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2% profit. How does this work? ↓ Weekly 60% 7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly 80% Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ Monthly 100% Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ On Demand90% Split Request an On Demand Reward with a **90% split** at any time once both of the following criteria are met: - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is **2% of the Master Account Size**. Weekly60% Split Request a Reward with a **60% split** seven days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How It Works - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following Wednesday - First trade on Thursday, then request the following Thursday - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday Bi-Weekly80% Split Request a Reward with an **80% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The cycle resets after each successfully processed reward. Monthly100% Split Effective 15 August 2026 Applies to Master Accounts purchased on **15 August 2026** onwards. Request a Reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable days reset after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify for a reward, each with **0.5% or more** profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable days resets after each reward. - The **Striking System** warning trigger drops to **1% of account size**, at every account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set to Monthly. This replaces the standard 1.2% trigger that applies above $25K on the Weekly, Bi-Weekly, and On Demand cycles. Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters Understand the mechanics of your Master Account. This includes your purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Weekend holds are currently **not allowed**. Close all trades before Friday market close. Any open trades will be closed by the system; this is not a hard breach. - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5 Only This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader 5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | When you pass Phase 2 and move to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information Temporary Change Active A temporary change to weekend holding and leverage has been implemented on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts and will remain in effect until further notice. Holding trades during the weekend is not allowed for all Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before the market closes on Friday. Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system. This is not a hard breach. We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give you more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to your entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as your position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning you only need a small fraction of the trade's full value as margin. As your position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. Your margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not your entire position. So, you always benefit from the lower tiers, no matter how large your trade becomes. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of your margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. You can take as long as you need, as long as you complete at least one trade every 30 days to avoid inactivity and follow all trading rules throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once you've finished all your Phase 1 objectives, your Phase 2 account will be ready! You can find your new login details right on your dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, you need to reach the profit target with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached? Yes. If your Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due to trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with a 15% discount on Phase 1 and 10% discount on Phase 2 will appear on your dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account is breached due to trading rule or risk violations or Inactivity Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment your account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. When does the 30-day inactivity clock start? If you have not placed any trades yet, the clock starts from the day your account was created. If you have traded before, it starts the day after your last trade was fully closed. You need to complete at least one trade within any 30-day window to keep the account active. I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity? No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day window runs out. If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another trade for the risk limit? No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea limit. Each trade idea is assessed on its own losses only. Does the Risk Per Trade Idea rule apply during the evaluation phases? No. The Risk Per Trade Idea rule only applies on the Master Account, on account sizes at $25,000 and above and under 10% Profit Target only. What is a Striking System warning? A warning is recorded when a single trade idea on your Master Account reaches a combined floating loss of 1.2% of your account size. It is counted once per idea, on the first time it crosses that level. Each warning triggers a consequence based on the warning number. Will my trades be closed when a Striking System warning is recorded? No. Your trades are never force-closed by a Striking System warning. Trading on the flagged idea can continue, but any profit it makes will not count toward your reward and will be deducted when the trades close. My trade idea dipped to -1.2% but recovered and closed in profit. Is the warning still recorded? Yes. The warning is based on the heat the idea took, not the final result. Once a trade idea's combined floating loss reaches -1.2%, the warning is recorded regardless of whether it recovers. The profit from that idea is still subject to deduction. What happens to the profit from a trade idea that receives a Striking System warning? The trades in that idea are flagged. When they close, any net profit they made is deducted from your account and will not be counted toward your reward. Losing trades are not refunded. Does requesting a reward reset my Striking System warnings or restore my reward split? No. Warnings and their consequences stay on the account for its lifetime. Requesting a reward does not reset the warning counter or restore a reduced split. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? Your account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode, meaning you can see everything but can no longer place trades. Your dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when. You will also receive an email notification straight away. Additional Guidelines Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Rewards My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward. How do I fix this? For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies only on the **On Demand** and **Monthly** reward cycles. It checks that no single day made up too large a share of your total profits. If your best day accounted for more than 35% of everything you have earned, reward requests are blocked until the score comes back down. Continue trading and keep each day's profit below your best day so far. As your total profit grows, the percentage that one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring the score back within range. Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not subject to the 35% rule. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once your reward cycle is complete, it stays available until you choose to request it. You can submit the request on any working day, as long as all requirements are met and your account is in good standing. The cycle only resets after a reward is successfully processed. Trading Conditions How many lots can I open at once on crypto? You can open a max of 1 lot per click on crypto, as long as your account has enough available margin. A separate platform-wide limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments, but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto trades specifically. Profit Concentration Policy Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to? The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2 Step Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts, as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. What counts as a trade idea under this policy? A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions on the same instrument in the same direction, including any new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed together when measuring profit concentration. What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit target? If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of the profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected. What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account? A profitable day is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. You need 4 of these days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The days do not need to be consecutive. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing evaluation account? If your evaluation account was created before June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts created on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts? No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during evaluation phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected. Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation? No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation. You still pass normally. The only consequence is that your Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. ## Related articles - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQc%3D--681c9d15f139a28d5ee229b0628fbfd74ce407e8) - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kI--fab0a9a95fb2d75cf913d48525e4accae37f2f1e) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d) - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.
SHA-256 e5eff15afe590e9fa9d7595a82232fcaa903758654cef06f6f30d084316ac10a
Version 48/22/2026, 5:21:06 AM
2 Step Standard Model Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard. Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice for traders who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This two-tier evaluation ensures that when you reach the Master level, you have the proven track record to stay there. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase 2 (5%). - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly 80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **News trading allowed on Master**: with a 10-minute window restriction. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions Tests your trading skills and builds your trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve an **8% profit target** during Phase 1. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. 10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026 at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3). Confirms your consistency and validates your Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **5% profit target** during Phase 2. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If your account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, you can restart quickly without changing your setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase price - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase price - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase price (excluding $100K accounts) - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split** - A non-USD account resets as a USD account. - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **reward cycle** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on your dashboard once your account qualifies. ## Profit Concentration Policy Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require **4 minimum profitable days** before each reward can be requested. This applies if the account has not yet reached the full profit target, in profit, or in drawdown. How does the Profit Concentration Policy work? 1 The trigger During any Evaluation phase, if a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the phase's profit target**, the policy is triggered. This applies even if the account has not yet reached the full profit target. **Example: 2 Step Standard (8% target on a $25K** **account)** the profit target is $2,000, so 60% of the target is **$1,200**. Account in profit $26,500 If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the policy is triggered because that single trade idea contributed more than $1,200. Account in drawdown $24,900 If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the policy is also triggered, the trade idea exceeded 60% of the $2,000 profit target, even though the account is still below the profit target. - The policy is assessed at the phase level. Each phase is evaluated independently. Triggering the policy **does not fail the Evaluation**. It only adds an additional reward requirement once the Evaluation is passed, the Master Account is obtained, and a reward is requested. 2 The requirement When the policy is triggered, the Master Account created after passing that evaluation requires a minimum of **4** **profitable days** before each reward can be requested. - **A profitable day** is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. - The 4 profitable days do not need to be consecutive. - The profitable-day requirement applies even if the Master Account is in drawdown, as long as the required daily profit threshold is met. - Once 4 profitable days are achieved, reward requests are available as normal. Example: on a $100K Master Account (0.5% = $500) If the account is currently $98,000 in drawdown, but the day closes with $600 in net realized profit, that day qualifies as one profitable day. The account does not need to recover the drawdown before the day can count. 3 What counts as a trade idea One trade, multiple trades running together on the same instrument and in the same direction, or any new trade opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade is considered a single trade idea. All closed profits or losses from a single trade idea are counted together. Which accounts are affected This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above, created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts are not affected. - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are not subject to this policy. - If you are currently in Phase 1 and pass after June 27, 2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this policy. - If you are already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply, even after passing. - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27, 2026 is subject to this policy. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once you successfully pass both phases, you will be offered the opportunity to trade on a Master Account. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of our established rules. Committing a hard breach will result in the immediate closure of your account with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 10% Your equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 5% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Risk Per Trade Idea 3% / 2% **Applies to 10% profit target Master Accounts only.** 3% at $25K and below $50K, 2% at $50K and above. How are trade ideas grouped? ↓ Striking System 4 warnings Master Accounts above $25,000. Each warning brings a consequence, from profit deduction to account breach. **Applies to 8% profit target only.** How does this work? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Your equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across all phases, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 10% of $100K = $10K. Your equity or balance cannot drop to **$90K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit: 5%** of the higher value between your opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both your balance and your equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Your equity cannot fall by more than 5% of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 5% of $107K = $5,350. Your equity cannot drop to **$101,650** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 5% of $100K = $5K. Your equity cannot drop to **$95K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on your FundingPips dashboard. What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea? Master Accounts with 10% Profit Target (no longer offered) Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts, including merged accounts. [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea) The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on your Master Account, including both realized and unrealized losses across all related positions. - **Below $25K:** Removed - **Accounts $25k and below $50K:** 3% of Master Account Size - **$50K and above:** 2% of Master Account Size * * * 1 Single Trades Your biggest loss on any single trade must not reach the limit for your account size. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** A single trade loss of $750 or more = Breach $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** A single trade loss of $2,000 or more = Breach 2 Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions Multiple positions on the same pair active at the same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined losses (including unrealized) must not reach the limit. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** Three concurrent buys on EURUSD: - Trade 1 loss: $300 - Trade 2 loss: $200 - Trade 3 loss: $250 Combined: $750 = Breach, even if Trade 1 is still open $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD: - Trade 1 floating loss: $900 - Trade 2 floating loss: $700 - Trade 3 floating loss: $400 Combined: $2,000 = Breach, regardless of whether trades remain open 3 Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule Each new position opened in the same direction within **10 minutes** of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across all of them is assessed against the limit. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** - Trade 1: closed at **$500 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$250 loss** Combined: $750 = Breach $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$800 loss** Combined: $2,000 = Breach What counts as activity? Your account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after your last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. How does the Striking System work? Instead of a restrictive 1% guideline per trade idea, the Striking System gives more chances in a transparent way. Each time a single trade idea's combined floating loss reaches 1.2% of the account size, a warning is recorded. Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between reward cycles. **Applies to 8% profit target only.** The consequences escalate with each warning: | Warning | What happens | | --- | --- | | **1st** | A warning is recorded. The profit from<br> that trade idea is deducted. No other<br> penalty at this stage. | | **2nd** | Your reward split drops by half (for<br> example, from 80% to 40%). The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. | | **3rd** | Your reward split drops to 20%. The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. | | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. | Your trades are never force-closed by a warning. Any profit from a trade idea that received a warning is deducted from the account. Additional Guidelines: Soft Breach Soft breaches do not lead to account closure, but may result in restrictions such as limited access or removal of profits depending on the violated rule. ## News Trading & Weekend Holds Soft Breach: Profits Removed We use the **Economic calendar on the FundingPips dashboard** as our official news source. High-impact events and speeches are highlighted in red. Evaluation Stage There are **no restrictions** on holding trades during news events during either evaluation phase. You are free to manage your trades as you see fit. Important Purposely trading news is prohibited and will lead to account closure. Weekend holds are permitted during evaluation phases with no restrictions. Master Account Weekend Holds: Temporarily Not Allowed A temporary change is in effect: holding trades over the weekend is currently **not allowed** on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before market close on Friday. Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system; this is not a hard breach. You can hold trades during news events on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to trades opened or closed near high-impact news events. * * * 1 The 10-minute restricted window You cannot open or close positions within a **10-minute window** surrounding a high-impact news event (red folder only) on the affected currencies. This window spans 5 minutes before and 5 minutes after the event. For high-impact speeches, the window spans 5 minutes before the speech begins until 5 minutes after it concludes. Profits from trades opened or closed within this window will not be counted on the Master Account. The full profit of the affected trade is deducted, not just the portion earned during the window. 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** if news affects USD, you cannot open or close trades on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. Trading Rule Clarification - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news:** profits will count if closed within the 10-minute window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news:** profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycles On Demand 90% Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2% profit. How does this work? ↓ Weekly 60% 7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly 80% Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ Monthly 100% Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ On Demand90% Split Request an On Demand Reward with a **90% split** at any time once both of the following criteria are met: - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is **2% of the Master Account Size**. Weekly60% Split Request a Reward with a **60% split** seven days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How It Works - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following Wednesday - First trade on Thursday, then request the following Thursday - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday Bi-Weekly80% Split Request a Reward with an **80% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The cycle resets after each successfully processed reward. Monthly100% Split Effective 15 August 2026 Applies to Master Accounts purchased on **15 August 2026** onwards. Request a Reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable days reset after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify for a reward, each with **0.5% or more** profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable days resets after each reward. - The **Striking System** warning trigger drops to **1% of account size**, at every account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set to Monthly. This replaces the standard 1.2% trigger that applies above $25K on the Weekly, Bi-Weekly, and On Demand cycles. Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters Understand the mechanics of your Master Account. This includes your purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Weekend holds are currently **not allowed**. Close all trades before Friday market close. Any open trades will be closed by the system; this is not a hard breach. - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5 Only This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader 5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | When you pass Phase 2 and move to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information Temporary Change Active A temporary change to weekend holding and leverage has been implemented on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts and will remain in effect until further notice. Holding trades during the weekend is not allowed for all Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before the market closes on Friday. Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system. This is not a hard breach. We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give you more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to your entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as your position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning you only need a small fraction of the trade's full value as margin. As your position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. Your margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not your entire position. So, you always benefit from the lower tiers, no matter how large your trade becomes. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of your margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. You can take as long as you need, as long as you complete at least one trade every 30 days to avoid inactivity and follow all trading rules throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once you've finished all your Phase 1 objectives, your Phase 2 account will be ready! You can find your new login details right on your dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, you need to reach the profit target with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached? Yes. If your Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due to trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with a 15% discount on Phase 1 and 10% discount on Phase 2 will appear on your dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account is breached due to trading rule or risk violations or Inactivity Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment your account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. When does the 30-day inactivity clock start? If you have not placed any trades yet, the clock starts from the day your account was created. If you have traded before, it starts the day after your last trade was fully closed. You need to complete at least one trade within any 30-day window to keep the account active. I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity? No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day window runs out. If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another trade for the risk limit? No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea limit. Each trade idea is assessed on its own losses only. Does the Risk Per Trade Idea rule apply during the evaluation phases? No. The Risk Per Trade Idea rule only applies on the Master Account, on account sizes at $25,000 and above and under 10% Profit Target only. What is a Striking System warning? A warning is recorded when a single trade idea on your Master Account reaches a combined floating loss of 1.2% of your account size. It is counted once per idea, on the first time it crosses that level. Each warning triggers a consequence based on the warning number. Will my trades be closed when a Striking System warning is recorded? No. Your trades are never force-closed by a Striking System warning. Trading on the flagged idea can continue, but any profit it makes will not count toward your reward and will be deducted when the trades close. My trade idea dipped to -1.2% but recovered and closed in profit. Is the warning still recorded? Yes. The warning is based on the heat the idea took, not the final result. Once a trade idea's combined floating loss reaches -1.2%, the warning is recorded regardless of whether it recovers. The profit from that idea is still subject to deduction. What happens to the profit from a trade idea that receives a Striking System warning? The trades in that idea are flagged. When they close, any net profit they made is deducted from your account and will not be counted toward your reward. Losing trades are not refunded. Does requesting a reward reset my Striking System warnings or restore my reward split? No. Warnings and their consequences stay on the account for its lifetime. Requesting a reward does not reset the warning counter or restore a reduced split. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? Your account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode, meaning you can see everything but can no longer place trades. Your dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when. You will also receive an email notification straight away. Additional Guidelines Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Rewards My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward. How do I fix this? For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies only on the **On Demand** and **Monthly** reward cycles. It checks that no single day made up too large a share of your total profits. If your best day accounted for more than 35% of everything you have earned, reward requests are blocked until the score comes back down. Continue trading and keep each day's profit below your best day so far. As your total profit grows, the percentage that one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring the score back within range. Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not subject to the 35% rule. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once your reward cycle is complete, it stays available until you choose to request it. You can submit the request on any working day, as long as all requirements are met and your account is in good standing. The cycle only resets after a reward is successfully processed. Trading Conditions How many lots can I open at once on crypto? You can open a max of 1 lot per click on crypto, as long as your account has enough available margin. A separate platform-wide limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments, but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto trades specifically. Profit Concentration Policy Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to? The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2 Step Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts, as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. What counts as a trade idea under this policy? A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions on the same instrument in the same direction, including any new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed together when measuring profit concentration. What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit target? If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of the profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected. What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account? A profitable day is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. You need 4 of these days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The days do not need to be consecutive. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing evaluation account? If your evaluation account was created before June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts created on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts? No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during evaluation phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected. Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation? No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation. You still pass normally. The only consequence is that your Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. ## Related articles - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQc%3D--681c9d15f139a28d5ee229b0628fbfd74ce407e8) - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kI--fab0a9a95fb2d75cf913d48525e4accae37f2f1e) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d) - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.
SHA-256 27bd1b2b07eaf199ab86dc39705997e3192f93df08ad7d14e5bb7c4a309584df
Version 38/20/2026, 5:22:50 AM
2 Step Standard Model Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard. Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice for traders who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This two-tier evaluation ensures that when you reach the Master level, you have the proven track record to stay there. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase 2 (5%). - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly 80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **News trading allowed on Master**: with a 10-minute window restriction. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions Tests your trading skills and builds your trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve an **8% profit target** during Phase 1. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. 10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026 at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3). Confirms your consistency and validates your Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **5% profit target** during Phase 2. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If your account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, you can restart quickly without changing your setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase price - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase price - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase price (excluding $100K accounts) - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split** - A non-USD account resets as a USD account. - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **reward cycle** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on your dashboard once your account qualifies. ## Profit Concentration Policy Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing **will require** **4 minimum profitable days before** **each reward can be requested.** What counts as a trade idea A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions on the same instrument in the same direction, including any new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed together when measuring profit concentration. Minimum profitable days on the Master Account If the policy is triggered, your Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days before you can request a reward. A profitable day is a trading day where net realized profit is at least **0.5% of the account's initial balance** on the Master Account. The 4 days do not need to be consecutive. Passing the evaluation is not affected Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation. You still pass normally. The policy only affects when you can request your reward on the Master Account. Which accounts are affected This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above, created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts are not affected. - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are not subject to this policy. - If you are currently in Phase 1 and pass after June 27, 2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this policy. - If you are already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply, even after passing. - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27, 2026 is subject to this policy. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once you successfully pass both phases, you will be offered the opportunity to trade on a Master Account. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of our established rules. Committing a hard breach will result in the immediate closure of your account with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 10% Your equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 5% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Risk Per Trade Idea 3% / 2% **Applies to 10% profit target Master Accounts only.** 3% at $25K and below $50K, 2% at $50K and above. How are trade ideas grouped? ↓ Striking System 4 warnings Master Accounts above $25,000. Each warning brings a consequence, from profit deduction to account breach. **Applies to 8% profit target only.** How does this work? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Your equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across all phases, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 10% of $100K = $10K. Your equity or balance cannot drop to **$90K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit: 5%** of the higher value between your opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both your balance and your equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Your equity cannot fall by more than 5% of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 5% of $107K = $5,350. Your equity cannot drop to **$101,650** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 5% of $100K = $5K. Your equity cannot drop to **$95K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on your FundingPips dashboard. What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea? Master Accounts with 10% Profit Target (no longer offered) Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts, including merged accounts. [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea) The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on your Master Account, including both realized and unrealized losses across all related positions. - **Below $25K:** Removed - **Accounts $25k and below $50K:** 3% of Master Account Size - **$50K and above:** 2% of Master Account Size * * * 1 Single Trades Your biggest loss on any single trade must not reach the limit for your account size. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** A single trade loss of $750 or more = Breach $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** A single trade loss of $2,000 or more = Breach 2 Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions Multiple positions on the same pair active at the same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined losses (including unrealized) must not reach the limit. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** Three concurrent buys on EURUSD: - Trade 1 loss: $300 - Trade 2 loss: $200 - Trade 3 loss: $250 Combined: $750 = Breach, even if Trade 1 is still open $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD: - Trade 1 floating loss: $900 - Trade 2 floating loss: $700 - Trade 3 floating loss: $400 Combined: $2,000 = Breach, regardless of whether trades remain open 3 Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule Each new position opened in the same direction within **10 minutes** of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across all of them is assessed against the limit. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** - Trade 1: closed at **$500 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$250 loss** Combined: $750 = Breach $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$800 loss** Combined: $2,000 = Breach What counts as activity? Your account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after your last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. How does the Striking System work? Instead of a restrictive 1% guideline per trade idea, the Striking System gives more chances in a transparent way. Each time a single trade idea's combined floating loss reaches 1.2% of the account size, a warning is recorded. Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between reward cycles. **Applies to 8% profit target only.** The consequences escalate with each warning: | Warning | What happens | | --- | --- | | **1st** | A warning is recorded. The profit from<br> that trade idea is deducted. No other<br> penalty at this stage. | | **2nd** | Your reward split drops by half (for<br> example, from 80% to 40%). The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. | | **3rd** | Your reward split drops to 20%. The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. | | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. | Your trades are never force-closed by a warning. Any profit from a trade idea that received a warning is deducted from the account. Additional Guidelines: Soft Breach Soft breaches do not lead to account closure, but may result in restrictions such as limited access or removal of profits depending on the violated rule. ## News Trading & Weekend Holds Soft Breach: Profits Removed We use **Forex Factory** as our official news source. High-impact events and speeches are highlighted in red. You can also access the calendar directly through your dashboard. Evaluation Stage There are **no restrictions** on holding trades during news events during either evaluation phase. You are free to manage your trades as you see fit. Important Purposely trading news is prohibited and will lead to account closure. Weekend holds are permitted during evaluation phases with no restrictions. Master Account Weekend Holds: Temporarily Not Allowed A temporary change is in effect: holding trades over the weekend is currently **not allowed** on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before market close on Friday. Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system; this is not a hard breach. You can hold trades during news events on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to trades opened or closed near high-impact news events. * * * 1 The 10-minute restricted window You cannot open or close positions within a **10-minute window** surrounding a high-impact news event (red folder only) on the affected currencies. This window spans 5 minutes before and 5 minutes after the event. For high-impact speeches, the window spans 5 minutes before the speech begins until 5 minutes after it concludes. Profits from trades opened or closed within this window will not be counted on the Master Account. The full profit of the affected trade is deducted, not just the portion earned during the window. 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** if news affects USD, you cannot open or close trades on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. Trading Rule Clarification - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news:** profits will count if closed within the 10-minute window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news:** profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycles On Demand 90% Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2% profit. How does this work? ↓ Weekly 60% 7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly 80% Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ Monthly 100% Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ On Demand90% Split Request an On Demand Reward with a **90% split** at any time once both of the following criteria are met: - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is **2% of the Master Account Size**. Weekly60% Split Request a Reward with a **60% split** seven days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How It Works - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following Wednesday - First trade on Thursday, then request the following Thursday - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday Bi-Weekly80% Split Request a Reward with an **80% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The cycle resets after each successfully processed reward. Monthly100% Split Effective 15 August 2026 Applies to Master Accounts purchased on **15 August 2026** onwards. Request a Reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable days reset after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify for a reward, each with **0.5% or more** profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable days resets after each reward. - The **Striking System** warning trigger drops to **1% of account size**, at every account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set to Monthly. This replaces the standard 1.2% trigger that applies above $25K on the Weekly, Bi-Weekly, and On Demand cycles. Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters Understand the mechanics of your Master Account. This includes your purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Weekend holds are currently **not allowed**. Close all trades before Friday market close. Any open trades will be closed by the system; this is not a hard breach. - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5 Only This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader 5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | When you pass Phase 2 and move to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information Temporary Change Active A temporary change to weekend holding and leverage has been implemented on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts and will remain in effect until further notice. Holding trades during the weekend is not allowed for all Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before the market closes on Friday. Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system. This is not a hard breach. We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give you more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to your entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as your position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning you only need a small fraction of the trade's full value as margin. As your position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. Your margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not your entire position. So, you always benefit from the lower tiers, no matter how large your trade becomes. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of your margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. You can take as long as you need, as long as you complete at least one trade every 30 days to avoid inactivity and follow all trading rules throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once you've finished all your Phase 1 objectives, your Phase 2 account will be ready! You can find your new login details right on your dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, you need to reach the profit target with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached? Yes. If your Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due to trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with a 15% discount on Phase 1 and 10% discount on Phase 2 will appear on your dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account is breached due to trading rule or risk violations or Inactivity Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment your account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. When does the 30-day inactivity clock start? If you have not placed any trades yet, the clock starts from the day your account was created. If you have traded before, it starts the day after your last trade was fully closed. You need to complete at least one trade within any 30-day window to keep the account active. I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity? No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day window runs out. If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another trade for the risk limit? No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea limit. Each trade idea is assessed on its own losses only. Does the Risk Per Trade Idea rule apply during the evaluation phases? No. The Risk Per Trade Idea rule only applies on the Master Account, on account sizes at $25,000 and above and under 10% Profit Target only. What is a Striking System warning? A warning is recorded when a single trade idea on your Master Account reaches a combined floating loss of 1.2% of your account size. It is counted once per idea, on the first time it crosses that level. Each warning triggers a consequence based on the warning number. Will my trades be closed when a Striking System warning is recorded? No. Your trades are never force-closed by a Striking System warning. Trading on the flagged idea can continue, but any profit it makes will not count toward your reward and will be deducted when the trades close. My trade idea dipped to -1.2% but recovered and closed in profit. Is the warning still recorded? Yes. The warning is based on the heat the idea took, not the final result. Once a trade idea's combined floating loss reaches -1.2%, the warning is recorded regardless of whether it recovers. The profit from that idea is still subject to deduction. What happens to the profit from a trade idea that receives a Striking System warning? The trades in that idea are flagged. When they close, any net profit they made is deducted from your account and will not be counted toward your reward. Losing trades are not refunded. Does requesting a reward reset my Striking System warnings or restore my reward split? No. Warnings and their consequences stay on the account for its lifetime. Requesting a reward does not reset the warning counter or restore a reduced split. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? Your account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode, meaning you can see everything but can no longer place trades. Your dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when. You will also receive an email notification straight away. Additional Guidelines Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Rewards My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward. How do I fix this? For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies only on the **On Demand** and **Monthly** reward cycles. It checks that no single day made up too large a share of your total profits. If your best day accounted for more than 35% of everything you have earned, reward requests are blocked until the score comes back down. Continue trading and keep each day's profit below your best day so far. As your total profit grows, the percentage that one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring the score back within range. Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not subject to the 35% rule. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once your reward cycle is complete, it stays available until you choose to request it. You can submit the request on any working day, as long as all requirements are met and your account is in good standing. The cycle only resets after a reward is successfully processed. Trading Conditions How many lots can I open at once on crypto? You can open a max of 1 lot per click on crypto, as long as your account has enough available margin. A separate platform-wide limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments, but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto trades specifically. Profit Concentration Policy Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to? The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2 Step Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts, as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. What counts as a trade idea under this policy? A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions on the same instrument in the same direction, including any new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed together when measuring profit concentration. What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit target? If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of the profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected. What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account? A profitable day is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. You need 4 of these days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The days do not need to be consecutive. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing evaluation account? If your evaluation account was created before June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts created on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts? No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during evaluation phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected. Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation? No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation. You still pass normally. The only consequence is that your Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. ## Related articles - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQc%3D--681c9d15f139a28d5ee229b0628fbfd74ce407e8) - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kI--fab0a9a95fb2d75cf913d48525e4accae37f2f1e) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d) - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.
SHA-256 ce425550b79768c220645c1ba89e5e1376b0429b24468fc58d0d481b86b658c3
Version 28/19/2026, 4:01:55 AM
2 Step Standard Model Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard. Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice for traders who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This two-tier evaluation ensures that when you reach the Master level, you have the proven track record to stay there. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase 2 (5%). - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly 80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **News trading allowed on Master**: with a 10-minute window restriction. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions Tests your trading skills and builds your trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve an **8% profit target** during Phase 1. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. 10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026 at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3). Confirms your consistency and validates your Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **5% profit target** during Phase 2. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If your account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, you can restart quickly without changing your setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase price - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase price - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase price (excluding $100K accounts) - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split** - A non-USD account resets as a USD account. - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **reward cycle** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on your dashboard once your account qualifies. ## Profit Concentration Policy Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing **will require** **4 minimum profitable days before** **each reward can be requested.** What counts as a trade idea A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions on the same instrument in the same direction, including any new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed together when measuring profit concentration. Minimum profitable days on the Master Account If the policy is triggered, your Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days before you can request a reward. A profitable day is a trading day where net realized profit is at least **0.5% of the account's initial balance** on the Master Account. The 4 days do not need to be consecutive. Passing the evaluation is not affected Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation. You still pass normally. The policy only affects when you can request your reward on the Master Account. Which accounts are affected This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above, created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts are not affected. - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are not subject to this policy. - If you are currently in Phase 1 and pass after June 27, 2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this policy. - If you are already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply, even after passing. - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27, 2026 is subject to this policy. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once you successfully pass both phases, you will be offered the opportunity to trade on a Master Account. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of our established rules. Committing a hard breach will result in the immediate closure of your account with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 10% Your equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 5% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Risk Per Trade Idea 3% / 2% **Applies to 10% profit target Master Accounts only.** 3% at $25K and below $50K, 2% at $50K and above. How are trade ideas grouped? ↓ Striking System 4 warnings Master Accounts above $25,000. Each warning brings a consequence, from profit deduction to account breach. **Applies to 8% profit target only.** How does this work? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Your equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across all phases, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 10% of $100K = $10K. Your equity or balance cannot drop to **$90K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit: 5%** of the higher value between your opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both your balance and your equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Your equity cannot fall by more than 5% of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 5% of $107K = $5,350. Your equity cannot drop to **$101,650** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 5% of $100K = $5K. Your equity cannot drop to **$95K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on your FundingPips dashboard. What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea? Master Accounts with 10% Profit Target (no longer offered) Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts, including merged accounts. [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea) The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on your Master Account, including both realized and unrealized losses across all related positions. - **Below $25K:** Removed - **Accounts $25k and below $50K:** 3% of Master Account Size - **$50K and above:** 2% of Master Account Size * * * 1 Single Trades Your biggest loss on any single trade must not reach the limit for your account size. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** A single trade loss of $750 or more = Breach $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** A single trade loss of $2,000 or more = Breach 2 Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions Multiple positions on the same pair active at the same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined losses (including unrealized) must not reach the limit. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** Three concurrent buys on EURUSD: - Trade 1 loss: $300 - Trade 2 loss: $200 - Trade 3 loss: $250 Combined: $750 = Breach, even if Trade 1 is still open $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD: - Trade 1 floating loss: $900 - Trade 2 floating loss: $700 - Trade 3 floating loss: $400 Combined: $2,000 = Breach, regardless of whether trades remain open 3 Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule Each new position opened in the same direction within **10 minutes** of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across all of them is assessed against the limit. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** - Trade 1: closed at **$500 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$250 loss** Combined: $750 = Breach $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$800 loss** Combined: $2,000 = Breach What counts as activity? Your account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after your last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. How does the Striking System work? Instead of a restrictive 1% guideline per trade idea, the Striking System gives more chances in a transparent way. Each time a single trade idea's combined floating loss reaches 1.2% of the account size, a warning is recorded. Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between reward cycles. **Applies to 8% profit target only.** The consequences escalate with each warning: | Warning | What happens | | --- | --- | | **1st** | A warning is recorded. The profit from<br> that trade idea is deducted. No other<br> penalty at this stage. | | **2nd** | Your reward split drops by half (for<br> example, from 80% to 40%). The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. | | **3rd** | Your reward split drops to 20%. The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. | | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. | Your trades are never force-closed by a warning. Any profit from a trade idea that received a warning is deducted from the account. Additional Guidelines: Soft Breach Soft breaches do not lead to account closure, but may result in restrictions such as limited access or removal of profits depending on the violated rule. ## News Trading & Weekend Holds Soft Breach: Profits Removed We use **Forex Factory** as our official news source. High-impact events and speeches are highlighted in red. You can also access the calendar directly through your dashboard. Evaluation Stage There are **no restrictions** on holding trades during news events during either evaluation phase. You are free to manage your trades as you see fit. Important Purposely trading news is prohibited and will lead to account closure. Weekend holds are permitted during evaluation phases with no restrictions. Master Account Weekend Holds: Temporarily Not Allowed A temporary change is in effect: holding trades over the weekend is currently **not allowed** on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before market close on Friday. Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system; this is not a hard breach. You can hold trades during news events on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to trades opened or closed near high-impact news events. * * * 1 The 10-minute restricted window You cannot open or close positions within a **10-minute window** surrounding a high-impact news event (red folder only) on the affected currencies. This window spans 5 minutes before and 5 minutes after the event. For high-impact speeches, the window spans 5 minutes before the speech begins until 5 minutes after it concludes. Profits from trades opened or closed within this window will not be counted on the Master Account. The full profit of the affected trade is deducted, not just the portion earned during the window. 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** if news affects USD, you cannot open or close trades on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. Trading Rule Clarification - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news:** profits will count if closed within the 10-minute window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news:** profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycles On Demand 90% Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2% profit. How does this work? ↓ Weekly 60% 7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly 80% Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ Monthly 100% Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ On Demand90% Split Request an On Demand Reward with a **90% split** at any time once both of the following criteria are met: - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is **2% of the Master Account Size**. Weekly60% Split Request a Reward with a **60% split** seven days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. How It Works - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following Wednesday - First trade on Thursday, then request the following Thursday - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday Bi-Weekly80% Split Request a Reward with an **80% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The cycle resets after each successfully processed reward. Monthly100% Split Effective 15 August 2026 Applies to Master Accounts purchased on **15 August 2026** onwards. Request a Reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The cycle resets after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** within the current 30-day cycle, each with profit of **0.5% or more** of the starting Master Account Size. - The **Striking System** warning trigger drops to **1% of account size**, at every account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set to Monthly. This replaces the standard 1.2% trigger that applies above $25K on the Weekly, Bi-Weekly, and On Demand cycles. Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters Understand the mechanics of your Master Account. This includes your purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Weekend holds are currently **not allowed**. Close all trades before Friday market close. Any open trades will be closed by the system; this is not a hard breach. - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5 Only This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader 5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | When you pass Phase 2 and move to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information Temporary Change Active A temporary change to weekend holding and leverage has been implemented on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts and will remain in effect until further notice. Holding trades during the weekend is not allowed for all Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before the market closes on Friday. Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system. This is not a hard breach. We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give you more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to your entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as your position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning you only need a small fraction of the trade's full value as margin. As your position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. Your margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not your entire position. So, you always benefit from the lower tiers, no matter how large your trade becomes. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of your margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. You can take as long as you need, as long as you complete at least one trade every 30 days to avoid inactivity and follow all trading rules throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once you've finished all your Phase 1 objectives, your Phase 2 account will be ready! You can find your new login details right on your dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, you need to reach the profit target with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached? Yes. If your Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due to trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with a 15% discount on Phase 1 and 10% discount on Phase 2 will appear on your dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account is breached due to trading rule or risk violations or Inactivity Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment your account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. When does the 30-day inactivity clock start? If you have not placed any trades yet, the clock starts from the day your account was created. If you have traded before, it starts the day after your last trade was fully closed. You need to complete at least one trade within any 30-day window to keep the account active. I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity? No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day window runs out. If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another trade for the risk limit? No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea limit. Each trade idea is assessed on its own losses only. Does the Risk Per Trade Idea rule apply during the evaluation phases? No. The Risk Per Trade Idea rule only applies on the Master Account, on account sizes at $25,000 and above and under 10% Profit Target only. What is a Striking System warning? A warning is recorded when a single trade idea on your Master Account reaches a combined floating loss of 1.2% of your account size. It is counted once per idea, on the first time it crosses that level. Each warning triggers a consequence based on the warning number. Will my trades be closed when a Striking System warning is recorded? No. Your trades are never force-closed by a Striking System warning. Trading on the flagged idea can continue, but any profit it makes will not count toward your reward and will be deducted when the trades close. My trade idea dipped to -1.2% but recovered and closed in profit. Is the warning still recorded? Yes. The warning is based on the heat the idea took, not the final result. Once a trade idea's combined floating loss reaches -1.2%, the warning is recorded regardless of whether it recovers. The profit from that idea is still subject to deduction. What happens to the profit from a trade idea that receives a Striking System warning? The trades in that idea are flagged. When they close, any net profit they made is deducted from your account and will not be counted toward your reward. Losing trades are not refunded. Does requesting a reward reset my Striking System warnings or restore my reward split? No. Warnings and their consequences stay on the account for its lifetime. Requesting a reward does not reset the warning counter or restore a reduced split. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? Your account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode, meaning you can see everything but can no longer place trades. Your dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when. You will also receive an email notification straight away. Additional Guidelines Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Rewards My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward. How do I fix this? The 35% Consistency Score applies only on the **On Demand** reward cycle. It checks that no single day made up too large a share of your total profits. If your best day accounted for more than 35% of everything you have earned, On Demand reward requests are blocked until the score comes back down. Continue trading and keep each day's profit below your best day so far. As your total profit grows, the percentage that one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring the score back within range. Weekly, Bi-Weekly, and Monthly reward cycles are not subject to the 35% rule. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once your reward cycle is complete, it stays available until you choose to request it. You can submit the request on any working day, as long as all requirements are met and your account is in good standing. The cycle only resets after a reward is successfully processed. Trading Conditions How many lots can I open at once on crypto? You can open a max of 1 lot per click on crypto, as long as your account has enough available margin. A separate platform-wide limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments, but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto trades specifically. Profit Concentration Policy Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to? The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2 Step Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts, as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. What counts as a trade idea under this policy? A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions on the same instrument in the same direction, including any new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed together when measuring profit concentration. What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit target? If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of the profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected. What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account? A profitable day is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. You need 4 of these days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The days do not need to be consecutive. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing evaluation account? If your evaluation account was created before June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts created on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts? No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during evaluation phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected. Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation? No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation. You still pass normally. The only consequence is that your Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. ## Related articles - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQc%3D--681c9d15f139a28d5ee229b0628fbfd74ce407e8) - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kI--fab0a9a95fb2d75cf913d48525e4accae37f2f1e) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d) - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.
SHA-256 139030031a3cac3b5c2c70ee622ed954dc0acc91401d2682b8c45c5a458b4d4a
Version 18/17/2026, 11:44:19 AM
2 Step Standard Model Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard. Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice for traders who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This two-tier evaluation ensures that when you reach the Master level, you have the proven track record to stay there. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase 2 (5%). - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly 80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **News trading allowed on Master**: with a 10-minute window restriction. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions Tests your trading skills and builds your trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve an **8% profit target** during Phase 1. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. 10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026 at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3). Confirms your consistency and validates your Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **5% profit target** during Phase 2. - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days** to pass. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If your account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, you can restart quickly without changing your setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase price - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase price - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase price (excluding $100K accounts) - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split** - A non-USD account resets as a USD account. - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **reward cycle** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on your dashboard once your account qualifies. ## Profit Concentration Policy Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing **will require** **4 minimum profitable days before** **each reward can be requested.** What counts as a trade idea A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions on the same instrument in the same direction, including any new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed together when measuring profit concentration. Minimum profitable days on the Master Account If the policy is triggered, your Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days before you can request a reward. A profitable day is a trading day where net realized profit is at least **0.5% of the account's initial balance** on the Master Account. The 4 days do not need to be consecutive. Passing the evaluation is not affected Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation. You still pass normally. The policy only affects when you can request your reward on the Master Account. Which accounts are affected This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above, created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts are not affected. - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are not subject to this policy. - If you are currently in Phase 1 and pass after June 27, 2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this policy. - If you are already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply, even after passing. - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27, 2026 is subject to this policy. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once you successfully pass both phases, you will be offered the opportunity to trade on a Master Account. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of our established rules. Committing a hard breach will result in the immediate closure of your account with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 10% Your equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 5% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Risk Per Trade Idea 3% / 2% **Applies to 10% profit target Master Accounts only.** 3% at $25K and below $50K, 2% at $50K and above. How are trade ideas grouped? ↓ Striking System 4 warnings Master Accounts above $25,000. Each warning brings a consequence, from profit deduction to account breach. **Applies to 8% profit target only.** How does this work? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Your equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across all phases, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 10% of $100K = $10K. Your equity or balance cannot drop to **$90K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit: 5%** of the higher value between your opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both your balance and your equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Your equity cannot fall by more than 5% of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 5% of $107K = $5,350. Your equity cannot drop to **$101,650** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 5% of $100K = $5K. Your equity cannot drop to **$95K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on your FundingPips dashboard. What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea? Master Accounts with 10% Profit Target (no longer offered) Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts, including merged accounts. [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea) The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on your Master Account, including both realized and unrealized losses across all related positions. - **Below $25K:** Removed - **Accounts $25k and below $50K:** 3% of Master Account Size - **$50K and above:** 2% of Master Account Size * * * 1 Single Trades Your biggest loss on any single trade must not reach the limit for your account size. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** A single trade loss of $750 or more = Breach $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** A single trade loss of $2,000 or more = Breach 2 Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions Multiple positions on the same pair active at the same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined losses (including unrealized) must not reach the limit. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** Three concurrent buys on EURUSD: - Trade 1 loss: $300 - Trade 2 loss: $200 - Trade 3 loss: $250 Combined: $750 = Breach, even if Trade 1 is still open $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD: - Trade 1 floating loss: $900 - Trade 2 floating loss: $700 - Trade 3 floating loss: $400 Combined: $2,000 = Breach, regardless of whether trades remain open 3 Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule Each new position opened in the same direction within **10 minutes** of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across all of them is assessed against the limit. $25K to below $50K **$25K account**, limit: 3% = **$750** - Trade 1: closed at **$500 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$250 loss** Combined: $750 = Breach $50K and above **$100K account**, limit: 2% = **$2,000** - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$800 loss** Combined: $2,000 = Breach What counts as activity? Your account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after your last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. How does the Striking System work? Instead of a restrictive 1% guideline per trade idea, the Striking System gives more chances in a transparent way. Each time a single trade idea's combined floating loss reaches 1.2% of the account size, a warning is recorded. Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between reward cycles. **Applies to 8% profit target only.** The consequences escalate with each warning: | Warning | What happens | | --- | --- | | **1st** | A warning is recorded. The profit from<br> that trade idea is deducted. No other<br> penalty at this stage. | | **2nd** | Your reward split drops by half (for<br> example, from 80% to 40%). The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. | | **3rd** | Your reward split drops to 20%. The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. | | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. | Your trades are never force-closed by a warning. Any profit from a trade idea that received a warning is deducted from the account. Additional Guidelines: Soft Breach Soft breaches do not lead to account closure, but may result in restrictions such as limited access or removal of profits depending on the violated rule. ## News Trading & Weekend Holds Soft Breach: Profits Removed We use **Forex Factory** as our official news source. High-impact events and speeches are highlighted in red. You can also access the calendar directly through your dashboard. Evaluation Stage There are **no restrictions** on holding trades during news events during either evaluation phase. You are free to manage your trades as you see fit. Important Purposely trading news is prohibited and will lead to account closure. Weekend holds are permitted during evaluation phases with no restrictions. Master Account Weekend Holds: Temporarily Not Allowed A temporary change is in effect: holding trades over the weekend is currently **not allowed** on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before market close on Friday. Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system; this is not a hard breach. You can hold trades during news events on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to trades opened or closed near high-impact news events. * * * 1 The 10-minute restricted window You cannot open or close positions within a **10-minute window** surrounding a high-impact news event (red folder only) on the affected currencies. This window spans 5 minutes before and 5 minutes after the event. For high-impact speeches, the window spans 5 minutes before the speech begins until 5 minutes after it concludes. Profits from trades opened or closed within this window will not be counted on the Master Account. The full profit of the affected trade is deducted, not just the portion earned during the window. 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** if news affects USD, you cannot open or close trades on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. Trading Rule Clarification - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news:** profits will count if closed within the 10-minute window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news:** profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycles On Demand 90% Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2% profit. How does this work? ↓ Weekly 60% 7 days after your first executed trade on the Master Account. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly 80% Every 14 calendar days after your first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ Monthly 100% Every 30 calendar days after your first executed trade. How does this work? ↓ On Demand90% Split You can request an On Demand reward with a **90% split** at any time once you meet both of the following criteria: - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is **2% of the Master Account Size**. Weekly60% Split You are eligible to request a reward with a **60% split** seven days after your first executed trade on your Master Account. The cycle resets after each successfully processed reward. How It Works - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following Wednesday - First trade on Thursday, then request the following Thursday - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday Bi-Weekly80% Split You can request a reward with an **80% split** every **14 calendar days** after your first executed trade on your Master Account. The cycle resets after each successfully processed reward. Monthly100% Split Effective 14 August 2026 Applies to Master Accounts purchased after **14 August 2026**. You can request a reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar days** after your first executed trade on your Master Account. The cycle resets after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** within the current 30-day cycle, each with profit of **0.5% or more** of the starting Master Account Size. - Your **Striking System** warning trigger drops to **1% of account size**, at every account size, for as long as your reward cycle is set to Monthly. This replaces the standard 1.2% trigger that applies above $25K on the Weekly, Bi-Weekly, and On Demand cycles. Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters Understand the mechanics of your Master Account. This includes your purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Weekend holds are currently **not allowed**. Close all trades before Friday market close. Any open trades will be closed by the system; this is not a hard breach. - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5 Only This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader 5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | When you pass Phase 2 and move to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information Temporary Change Active A temporary change to weekend holding and leverage has been implemented on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts and will remain in effect until further notice. Holding trades during the weekend is not allowed for all Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before the market closes on Friday. Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system. This is not a hard breach. We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give you more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to your entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as your position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning you only need a small fraction of the trade's full value as margin. As your position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. Your margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not your entire position. So, you always benefit from the lower tiers, no matter how large your trade becomes. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of your margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. You can take as long as you need, as long as you complete at least one trade every 30 days to avoid inactivity and follow all trading rules throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once you've finished all your Phase 1 objectives, your Phase 2 account will be ready! You can find your new login details right on your dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, you need to reach the profit target with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached? Yes. If your Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due to trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with a 15% discount on Phase 1 and 10% discount on Phase 2 will appear on your dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account is breached due to trading rule or risk violations or Inactivity Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment your account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. When does the 30-day inactivity clock start? If you have not placed any trades yet, the clock starts from the day your account was created. If you have traded before, it starts the day after your last trade was fully closed. You need to complete at least one trade within any 30-day window to keep the account active. I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity? No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day window runs out. If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another trade for the risk limit? No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea limit. Each trade idea is assessed on its own losses only. Does the Risk Per Trade Idea rule apply during the evaluation phases? No. The Risk Per Trade Idea rule only applies on the Master Account, on account sizes at $25,000 and above and under 10% Profit Target only. What is a Striking System warning? A warning is recorded when a single trade idea on your Master Account reaches a combined floating loss of 1.2% of your account size. It is counted once per idea, on the first time it crosses that level. Each warning triggers a consequence based on the warning number. Will my trades be closed when a Striking System warning is recorded? No. Your trades are never force-closed by a Striking System warning. Trading on the flagged idea can continue, but any profit it makes will not count toward your reward and will be deducted when the trades close. My trade idea dipped to -1.2% but recovered and closed in profit. Is the warning still recorded? Yes. The warning is based on the heat the idea took, not the final result. Once a trade idea's combined floating loss reaches -1.2%, the warning is recorded regardless of whether it recovers. The profit from that idea is still subject to deduction. What happens to the profit from a trade idea that receives a Striking System warning? The trades in that idea are flagged. When they close, any net profit they made is deducted from your account and will not be counted toward your reward. Losing trades are not refunded. Does requesting a reward reset my Striking System warnings or restore my reward split? No. Warnings and their consequences stay on the account for its lifetime. Requesting a reward does not reset the warning counter or restore a reduced split. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? Your account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode, meaning you can see everything but can no longer place trades. Your dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when. You will also receive an email notification straight away. Additional Guidelines Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Rewards My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward. How do I fix this? The 35% Consistency Score applies only on the **On Demand** reward cycle. It checks that no single day made up too large a share of your total profits. If your best day accounted for more than 35% of everything you have earned, On Demand reward requests are blocked until the score comes back down. Continue trading and keep each day's profit below your best day so far. As your total profit grows, the percentage that one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring the score back within range. Weekly, Bi-Weekly, and Monthly reward cycles are not subject to the 35% rule. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once your reward cycle is complete, it stays available until you choose to request it. You can submit the request on any working day, as long as all requirements are met and your account is in good standing. The cycle only resets after a reward is successfully processed. Trading Conditions How many lots can I open at once on crypto? You can open a max of 1 lot per click on crypto, as long as your account has enough available margin. A separate platform-wide limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments, but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto trades specifically. Profit Concentration Policy Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to? The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2 Step Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts, as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. What counts as a trade idea under this policy? A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions on the same instrument in the same direction, including any new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed together when measuring profit concentration. What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit target? If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of the profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected. What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account? A profitable day is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. You need 4 of these days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The days do not need to be consecutive. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing evaluation account? If your evaluation account was created before June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts created on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts? No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during evaluation phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected. Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation? No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation. You still pass normally. The only consequence is that your Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. ## Related articles - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQc%3D--681c9d15f139a28d5ee229b0628fbfd74ce407e8) - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kI--fab0a9a95fb2d75cf913d48525e4accae37f2f1e) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d) - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.
SHA-256 6b5c7c81ef7342e50e10e4aa5c1459db396a4f4d969ff837a0c8fcd6be85a8ee